Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
| 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
| 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // These classes wrap the information about a call or function |
| 11 | // definition used to handle ABI compliancy. |
| 12 | // |
| 13 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 14 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 15 | #include "TargetInfo.h" |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | #include "ABIInfo.h" |
| 17 | #include "CodeGenFunction.h" |
Anders Carlsson | 19cc4ab | 2009-07-18 19:43:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" |
Sandeep Patel | 34c1af8 | 2011-04-05 00:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h" |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 20 | #include "llvm/Type.h" |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 21 | #include "llvm/DataLayout.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | 2c0843f | 2009-08-24 08:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" |
Daniel Dunbar | 28df7a5 | 2009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | using namespace clang; |
| 25 | using namespace CodeGen; |
| 26 | |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder, |
| 28 | llvm::Value *Array, |
| 29 | llvm::Value *Value, |
| 30 | unsigned FirstIndex, |
| 31 | unsigned LastIndex) { |
| 32 | // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source. |
| 33 | for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) { |
| 34 | llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I); |
| 35 | Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell); |
| 36 | } |
| 37 | } |
| 38 | |
John McCall | d608cdb | 2010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) { |
| 40 | return CodeGenFunction::hasAggregateLLVMType(T) || |
| 41 | T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); |
| 42 | } |
| 43 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {} |
| 45 | |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 46 | ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const { |
| 47 | return CGT.getContext(); |
| 48 | } |
| 49 | |
| 50 | llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const { |
| 51 | return CGT.getLLVMContext(); |
| 52 | } |
| 53 | |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const { |
| 55 | return CGT.getDataLayout(); |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | } |
| 57 | |
| 58 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 59 | void ABIArgInfo::dump() const { |
Chris Lattner | 5f9e272 | 2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 60 | raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 28df7a5 | 2009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind="; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 62 | switch (TheKind) { |
| 63 | case Direct: |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 | OS << "Direct Type="; |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType()) |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | Ty->print(OS); |
| 67 | else |
| 68 | OS << "null"; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | break; |
Anton Korobeynikov | cc6fa88 | 2009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | case Extend: |
Daniel Dunbar | 28df7a5 | 2009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | OS << "Extend"; |
Anton Korobeynikov | cc6fa88 | 2009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | break; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 73 | case Ignore: |
Daniel Dunbar | 28df7a5 | 2009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 74 | OS << "Ignore"; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | break; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | case Indirect: |
Daniel Dunbar | dc6d574 | 2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign() |
Joerg Sonnenberger | e9b5d77 | 2011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal() |
Daniel Dunbar | cf3b6f2 | 2010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 79 | << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign(); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | break; |
| 81 | case Expand: |
Daniel Dunbar | 28df7a5 | 2009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 82 | OS << "Expand"; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | break; |
| 84 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 28df7a5 | 2009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | OS << ")\n"; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | } |
| 87 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; } |
| 89 | |
John McCall | 49e34be | 2011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great. |
| 91 | // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though. |
| 92 | unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const { |
| 93 | // Verified for: |
| 94 | // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin |
| 95 | // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin |
| 96 | // PowerPC Linux, Darwin |
| 97 | // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI) |
| 98 | return 32; |
| 99 | } |
| 100 | |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 101 | bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, |
| 102 | const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { |
John McCall | 01f151e | 2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | // The following conventions are known to require this to be false: |
| 104 | // x86_stdcall |
| 105 | // MIPS |
| 106 | // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out. |
| 107 | return false; |
| 108 | } |
| 109 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 111 | |
Sylvestre Ledru | f3477c1 | 2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 112 | /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 113 | /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s). |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 114 | static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD, |
| 115 | bool AllowArrays) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield()) |
| 117 | return true; |
| 118 | |
| 119 | QualType FT = FD->getType(); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | |
Eli Friedman | 7e7ad3f | 2011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 121 | // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off. |
| 122 | // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty. |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | if (AllowArrays) |
Eli Friedman | 7e7ad3f | 2011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 124 | while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { |
| 125 | if (AT->getSize() == 0) |
| 126 | return true; |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 127 | FT = AT->getElementType(); |
Eli Friedman | 7e7ad3f | 2011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 129 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 5ea6861 | 2010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| 131 | if (!RT) |
| 132 | return false; |
| 133 | |
| 134 | // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI. |
| 135 | // |
| 136 | // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the |
| 137 | // current ABI. |
| 138 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) |
| 139 | return false; |
| 140 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 141 | return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 142 | } |
| 143 | |
Sylvestre Ledru | f3477c1 | 2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not |
| 146 | /// considered empty. |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) { |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | if (!RT) |
| 150 | return 0; |
| 151 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
| 152 | if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
| 153 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 5ea6861 | 2010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 154 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c5f18f3 | 2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5ea6861 | 2010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | c5f18f3 | 2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 157 | for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator i = CXXRD->bases_begin(), |
| 158 | e = CXXRD->bases_end(); i != e; ++i) |
| 159 | if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, i->getType(), true)) |
| 160 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 5ea6861 | 2010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 162 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 163 | i != e; ++i) |
David Blaikie | 581deb3 | 2012-06-06 20:45:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 164 | if (!isEmptyField(Context, *i, AllowArrays)) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 165 | return false; |
| 166 | return true; |
| 167 | } |
| 168 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0a8f847 | 2009-09-16 15:53:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 169 | /// hasNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor - Determine if a type has either |
| 170 | /// a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial copy constructor. |
| 171 | static bool hasNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(const RecordType *RT) { |
| 172 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); |
| 173 | if (!RD) |
| 174 | return false; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 175 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0a8f847 | 2009-09-16 15:53:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 176 | return !RD->hasTrivialDestructor() || !RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor(); |
| 177 | } |
| 178 | |
| 179 | /// isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor - Determine if a type is |
| 180 | /// a record type with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial copy |
| 181 | /// constructor. |
| 182 | static bool isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(QualType T) { |
| 183 | const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| 184 | if (!RT) |
| 185 | return false; |
| 186 | |
| 187 | return hasNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(RT); |
| 188 | } |
| 189 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 190 | /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single |
| 191 | /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or |
| 192 | /// exactly one field which is itself a single element |
| 193 | /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never |
| 194 | /// considered single element structs. |
| 195 | /// |
| 196 | /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if |
| 197 | /// it exists. |
| 198 | static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) { |
| 199 | const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType(); |
| 200 | if (!RT) |
| 201 | return 0; |
| 202 | |
| 203 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
| 204 | if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
| 205 | return 0; |
| 206 | |
| 207 | const Type *Found = 0; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 208 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 9430d5a | 2010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 209 | // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
| 210 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
| 211 | for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator i = CXXRD->bases_begin(), |
| 212 | e = CXXRD->bases_end(); i != e; ++i) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 9430d5a | 2010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 213 | // Ignore empty records. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5ea6861 | 2010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 214 | if (isEmptyRecord(Context, i->getType(), true)) |
Daniel Dunbar | 9430d5a | 2010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 215 | continue; |
| 216 | |
| 217 | // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct. |
| 218 | if (Found) |
| 219 | return 0; |
| 220 | |
| 221 | // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite |
| 222 | // cannot be a single element struct. |
| 223 | Found = isSingleElementStruct(i->getType(), Context); |
| 224 | if (!Found) |
| 225 | return 0; |
| 226 | } |
| 227 | } |
| 228 | |
| 229 | // Check for single element. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 230 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 231 | i != e; ++i) { |
David Blaikie | 581deb3 | 2012-06-06 20:45:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 232 | const FieldDecl *FD = *i; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | QualType FT = FD->getType(); |
| 234 | |
| 235 | // Ignore empty fields. |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 236 | if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 237 | continue; |
| 238 | |
| 239 | // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element |
| 240 | // struct. |
| 241 | if (Found) |
| 242 | return 0; |
| 243 | |
| 244 | // Treat single element arrays as the element. |
| 245 | while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) { |
| 246 | if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1) |
| 247 | break; |
| 248 | FT = AT->getElementType(); |
| 249 | } |
| 250 | |
John McCall | d608cdb | 2010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 251 | if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 252 | Found = FT.getTypePtr(); |
| 253 | } else { |
| 254 | Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context); |
| 255 | if (!Found) |
| 256 | return 0; |
| 257 | } |
| 258 | } |
| 259 | |
Eli Friedman | bd4d3bc | 2011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 260 | // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has |
| 261 | // padding beyond the element type. |
| 262 | if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T)) |
| 263 | return 0; |
| 264 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 265 | return Found; |
| 266 | } |
| 267 | |
| 268 | static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { |
Daniel Dunbar | a1842d3 | 2010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 269 | if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() && |
Daniel Dunbar | 55e59e1 | 2009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 270 | !Ty->isAnyComplexType() && !Ty->isEnumeralType() && |
| 271 | !Ty->isBlockPointerType()) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | return false; |
| 273 | |
| 274 | uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
| 275 | return Size == 32 || Size == 64; |
| 276 | } |
| 277 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 53012f4 | 2009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be |
| 279 | /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was |
| 280 | /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid |
| 281 | /// inhibiting optimizations. |
| 282 | /// |
| 283 | // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows |
| 284 | // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We |
| 285 | // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend |
| 286 | // capable of handling it. |
| 287 | static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) { |
| 288 | // We can only expand structure types. |
| 289 | const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| 290 | if (!RT) |
| 291 | return false; |
| 292 | |
| 293 | // We can only expand (C) structures. |
| 294 | // |
| 295 | // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well. |
| 296 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
| 297 | if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) |
| 298 | return false; |
| 299 | |
Eli Friedman | 506d4e3 | 2011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 300 | uint64_t Size = 0; |
| 301 | |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 302 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 303 | i != e; ++i) { |
David Blaikie | 581deb3 | 2012-06-06 20:45:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 304 | const FieldDecl *FD = *i; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | |
| 306 | if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context)) |
| 307 | return false; |
| 308 | |
| 309 | // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know |
| 310 | // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still |
| 311 | // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously. |
| 312 | if (FD->isBitField()) |
| 313 | return false; |
Eli Friedman | 506d4e3 | 2011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 314 | |
| 315 | Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 316 | } |
| 317 | |
Eli Friedman | 506d4e3 | 2011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 318 | // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct. |
| 319 | if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty)) |
| 320 | return false; |
| 321 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 322 | return true; |
| 323 | } |
| 324 | |
| 325 | namespace { |
| 326 | /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific |
| 327 | /// details. This implementation provides information which results in |
| 328 | /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not |
| 329 | /// conform to any particular ABI. |
| 330 | class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 331 | public: |
| 332 | DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 333 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
| 335 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | |
Chris Lattner | ee5dcd0 | 2010-07-29 02:31:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 337 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 338 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 339 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 340 | it != ie; ++it) |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | } |
| 343 | |
| 344 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 345 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 346 | }; |
| 347 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 349 | public: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 350 | DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 351 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | }; |
| 353 | |
| 354 | llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 355 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
| 356 | return 0; |
| 357 | } |
| 358 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
Jan Wen Voung | 9030693 | 2011-11-03 00:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 360 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
| 361 | // Records with non trivial destructors/constructors should not be passed |
| 362 | // by value. |
| 363 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(Ty)) |
| 364 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
| 365 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 366 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
Jan Wen Voung | 9030693 | 2011-11-03 00:59:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | dc6d574 | 2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | |
Chris Lattner | a14db75 | 2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 369 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 370 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 371 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
Douglas Gregor | aa74a1e | 2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 372 | |
Chris Lattner | a14db75 | 2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 373 | return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 374 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 375 | } |
| 376 | |
Bob Wilson | 0024f94 | 2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 377 | ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
| 378 | if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
| 379 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 380 | |
| 381 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) |
| 382 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 383 | |
| 384 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 385 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 386 | RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 387 | |
| 388 | return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 389 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 390 | } |
| 391 | |
Derek Schuff | 9ed63f8 | 2012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 393 | // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation |
| 394 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 395 | |
| 396 | class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
| 397 | public: |
| 398 | PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
| 399 | |
| 400 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
| 401 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &FreeRegs) const; |
| 402 | |
| 403 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
| 404 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 405 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 406 | }; |
| 407 | |
| 408 | class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 409 | public: |
| 410 | PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 411 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
| 412 | }; |
| 413 | |
| 414 | void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
| 415 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
| 416 | |
| 417 | unsigned FreeRegs = FI.getHasRegParm() ? FI.getRegParm() : 0; |
| 418 | |
| 419 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 420 | it != ie; ++it) |
| 421 | it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, FreeRegs); |
| 422 | } |
| 423 | |
| 424 | llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 425 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
| 426 | return 0; |
| 427 | } |
| 428 | |
| 429 | ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, |
| 430 | unsigned &FreeRegs) const { |
| 431 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
| 432 | // Records with non trivial destructors/constructors should not be passed |
| 433 | // by value. |
| 434 | FreeRegs = 0; |
| 435 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(Ty)) |
| 436 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
| 437 | |
| 438 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 439 | } |
| 440 | |
| 441 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 442 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 443 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 444 | |
| 445 | ABIArgInfo BaseInfo = (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 446 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 447 | |
| 448 | // Regparm regs hold 32 bits. |
| 449 | unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; |
| 450 | if (SizeInRegs == 0) return BaseInfo; |
| 451 | if (SizeInRegs > FreeRegs) { |
| 452 | FreeRegs = 0; |
| 453 | return BaseInfo; |
| 454 | } |
| 455 | FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; |
| 456 | return BaseInfo.isDirect() ? |
| 457 | ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(BaseInfo.getCoerceToType()) : |
| 458 | ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(BaseInfo.getCoerceToType()); |
| 459 | } |
| 460 | |
| 461 | ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
| 462 | if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
| 463 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 464 | |
| 465 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) |
| 466 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 467 | |
| 468 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 469 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 470 | RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 471 | |
| 472 | return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 473 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 474 | } |
| 475 | |
Eli Friedman | 55fc7e2 | 2012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 476 | /// UseX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type that should use the |
| 477 | /// special x86_mmx type. |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 478 | bool UseX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) { |
Bill Wendling | bb465d7 | 2010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 479 | // If the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>, use the |
| 480 | // special x86_mmx type. |
| 481 | return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 && |
| 482 | cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() && |
| 483 | IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64; |
| 484 | } |
| 485 | |
Jay Foad | ef6de3d | 2011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 486 | static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
Chris Lattner | 5f9e272 | 2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 487 | StringRef Constraint, |
Jay Foad | ef6de3d | 2011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 488 | llvm::Type* Ty) { |
Bill Wendling | 0507be6 | 2011-03-07 22:47:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) |
Peter Collingbourne | 4b93d66 | 2011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext()); |
| 491 | return Ty; |
| 492 | } |
| 493 | |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 495 | // X86-32 ABI Implementation |
| 496 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information. |
| 499 | class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 500 | enum Class { |
| 501 | Integer, |
| 502 | Float |
| 503 | }; |
| 504 | |
Daniel Dunbar | fb67d6c | 2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4; |
| 506 | |
David Chisnall | 1e4249c | 2009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 507 | bool IsDarwinVectorABI; |
| 508 | bool IsSmallStructInRegABI; |
Eli Friedman | c3e0fb4 | 2011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 509 | bool IsMMXDisabled; |
Eli Friedman | 55fc7e2 | 2012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 510 | bool IsWin32FloatStructABI; |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 511 | unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 512 | |
| 513 | static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) { |
| 514 | return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64); |
| 515 | } |
| 516 | |
Aaron Ballman | 6c60c8d | 2012-02-22 03:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 517 | static bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, |
| 518 | unsigned callingConvention); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 519 | |
Daniel Dunbar | dc6d574 | 2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 520 | /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result |
| 521 | /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 522 | ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal = true) const; |
Daniel Dunbar | dc6d574 | 2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 523 | |
Daniel Dunbar | fb67d6c | 2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 524 | /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack. |
Daniel Dunbar | e59d858 | 2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 525 | unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const; |
Daniel Dunbar | fb67d6c | 2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 526 | |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 527 | Class classify(QualType Ty) const; |
Rafael Espindola | b33a3c4 | 2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 528 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, |
Aaron Ballman | 6c60c8d | 2012-02-22 03:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 529 | unsigned callingConvention) const; |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 530 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentTypeWithReg(QualType RetTy, |
| 531 | unsigned &FreeRegs) const; |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 532 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 533 | |
Rafael Espindola | b33a3c4 | 2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 534 | public: |
| 535 | |
Rafael Espindola | aa9cf8d | 2012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 536 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 537 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 538 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 539 | |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 540 | X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool m, bool w, |
| 541 | unsigned r) |
Eli Friedman | c3e0fb4 | 2011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 542 | : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p), |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 543 | IsMMXDisabled(m), IsWin32FloatStructABI(w), |
| 544 | DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {} |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 545 | }; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 546 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 547 | class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 548 | public: |
Eli Friedman | 55fc7e2 | 2012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 549 | X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 550 | bool d, bool p, bool m, bool w, unsigned r) |
| 551 | :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, m, w, r)) {} |
Charles Davis | 74f7293 | 2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | |
| 553 | void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 554 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const; |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | |
| 556 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
| 557 | // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH. |
| 558 | if (CGM.isTargetDarwin()) return 5; |
| 559 | |
| 560 | return 4; |
| 561 | } |
| 562 | |
| 563 | bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 564 | llvm::Value *Address) const; |
Peter Collingbourne | 4b93d66 | 2011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | |
Jay Foad | ef6de3d | 2011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
Chris Lattner | 5f9e272 | 2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | StringRef Constraint, |
Jay Foad | ef6de3d | 2011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | llvm::Type* Ty) const { |
Peter Collingbourne | 4b93d66 | 2011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); |
| 570 | } |
| 571 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 572 | }; |
| 573 | |
| 574 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | |
| 576 | /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be |
| 577 | /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI). |
| 578 | bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, |
Aaron Ballman | 6c60c8d | 2012-02-22 03:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 580 | unsigned callingConvention) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 581 | uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
| 582 | |
| 583 | // Type must be register sized. |
| 584 | if (!isRegisterSize(Size)) |
| 585 | return false; |
| 586 | |
| 587 | if (Ty->isVectorType()) { |
| 588 | // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in |
| 589 | // registers. |
| 590 | if (Size == 64 || Size == 128) |
| 591 | return false; |
| 592 | |
| 593 | return true; |
| 594 | } |
| 595 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 7711523 | 2010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or |
| 597 | // member function pointer it is ok. |
Daniel Dunbar | a1842d3 | 2010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() || |
Daniel Dunbar | 55e59e1 | 2009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() || |
Daniel Dunbar | 7711523 | 2010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | return true; |
| 602 | |
| 603 | // Arrays are treated like records. |
| 604 | if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) |
Aaron Ballman | 6c60c8d | 2012-02-22 03:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context, |
| 606 | callingConvention); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | |
| 608 | // Otherwise, it must be a record type. |
Ted Kremenek | 6217b80 | 2009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | if (!RT) return false; |
| 611 | |
Anders Carlsson | a887423 | 2010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | // FIXME: Traverse bases here too. |
| 613 | |
Aaron Ballman | 6c60c8d | 2012-02-22 03:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 614 | // For thiscall conventions, structures will never be returned in |
| 615 | // a register. This is for compatibility with the MSVC ABI |
| 616 | if (callingConvention == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall && |
| 617 | RT->isStructureType()) { |
| 618 | return false; |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be |
| 622 | // passed in a register. |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), |
| 624 | e = RT->getDecl()->field_end(); i != e; ++i) { |
David Blaikie | 581deb3 | 2012-06-06 20:45:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 625 | const FieldDecl *FD = *i; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | |
| 627 | // Empty fields are ignored. |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 628 | if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true)) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | continue; |
| 630 | |
| 631 | // Check fields recursively. |
Aaron Ballman | 6c60c8d | 2012-02-22 03:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context, |
| 633 | callingConvention)) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | return false; |
| 635 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | return true; |
| 637 | } |
| 638 | |
Aaron Ballman | 6c60c8d | 2012-02-22 03:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, |
| 640 | unsigned callingConvention) const { |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 642 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 643 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 645 | // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers. |
David Chisnall | 1e4249c | 2009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | |
| 649 | // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in |
| 650 | // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM |
| 651 | // backend will like. |
| 652 | if (Size == 128) |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get( |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | |
| 656 | // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose |
| 657 | // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element. |
| 658 | if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || |
| 659 | (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | Size)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | |
| 663 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 664 | } |
| 665 | |
| 666 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | |
John McCall | d608cdb | 2010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
Anders Carlsson | a887423 | 2010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
Anders Carlsson | 4009297 | 2009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial |
| 672 | // copy constructor are always indirect. |
| 673 | if (hasNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(RT)) |
| 674 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | |
Anders Carlsson | 4009297 | 2009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
| 678 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
Anders Carlsson | 4009297 | 2009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | |
David Chisnall | 1e4249c | 2009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 681 | // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect. |
| 682 | if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 684 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned |
| 686 | // in a register. |
Aaron Ballman | 6c60c8d | 2012-02-22 03:04:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | if (X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext(), |
| 688 | callingConvention)) { |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 689 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
Eli Friedman | bd4d3bc | 2011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | |
| 691 | // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and |
| 692 | // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a |
Eli Friedman | 55fc7e2 | 2012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.) |
| 694 | // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the |
| 695 | // quality of the generated IR. |
Eli Friedman | bd4d3bc | 2011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext())) |
Eli Friedman | 55fc7e2 | 2012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | if ((!IsWin32FloatStructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType()) |
| 698 | || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation()) |
Eli Friedman | bd4d3bc | 2011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0))); |
| 700 | |
| 701 | // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead |
| 702 | // padding. |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 703 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 704 | } |
| 705 | |
| 706 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 707 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 710 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 711 | RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 712 | |
| 713 | return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 714 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | } |
| 716 | |
Eli Friedman | f4bd4d8 | 2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { |
| 718 | return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128; |
| 719 | } |
| 720 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 93ae947 | 2010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) { |
| 722 | const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| 723 | if (!RT) |
| 724 | return 0; |
| 725 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
| 726 | |
| 727 | // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
| 728 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) |
| 729 | for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator i = CXXRD->bases_begin(), |
| 730 | e = CXXRD->bases_end(); i != e; ++i) |
| 731 | if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, i->getType())) |
| 732 | return false; |
| 733 | |
| 734 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 735 | i != e; ++i) { |
| 736 | QualType FT = i->getType(); |
| 737 | |
Eli Friedman | f4bd4d8 | 2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) |
Daniel Dunbar | 93ae947 | 2010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | return true; |
| 740 | |
| 741 | if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT)) |
| 742 | return true; |
| 743 | } |
| 744 | |
| 745 | return false; |
| 746 | } |
| 747 | |
Daniel Dunbar | e59d858 | 2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, |
| 749 | unsigned Align) const { |
| 750 | // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI |
| 751 | // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this. |
Daniel Dunbar | fb67d6c | 2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes) |
Daniel Dunbar | e59d858 | 2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | return 0; // Use default alignment. |
| 754 | |
| 755 | // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4. |
| 756 | if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) { |
| 757 | // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top. |
Daniel Dunbar | fb67d6c | 2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; |
Daniel Dunbar | e59d858 | 2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | fb67d6c | 2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 760 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 93ae947 | 2010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 761 | // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16. |
Eli Friedman | f4bd4d8 | 2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 762 | if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) || |
| 763 | isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty))) |
Daniel Dunbar | 93ae947 | 2010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 764 | return 16; |
| 765 | |
| 766 | return MinABIStackAlignInBytes; |
Daniel Dunbar | fb67d6c | 2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | } |
| 768 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 769 | ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal) const { |
Daniel Dunbar | 46c54fb | 2010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 770 | if (!ByVal) |
| 771 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false); |
| 772 | |
Daniel Dunbar | e59d858 | 2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 773 | // Compute the byval alignment. |
| 774 | unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
| 775 | unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign); |
| 776 | if (StackAlign == 0) |
Chris Lattner | de92d73 | 2011-05-22 23:35:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 777 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4); |
Daniel Dunbar | e59d858 | 2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | |
| 779 | // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the |
| 780 | // argument. |
| 781 | if (StackAlign < TypeAlign) |
| 782 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, |
| 783 | /*Realign=*/true); |
| 784 | |
| 785 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign); |
Daniel Dunbar | dc6d574 | 2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | } |
| 787 | |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { |
| 789 | const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()); |
| 790 | if (!T) |
| 791 | T = Ty.getTypePtr(); |
| 792 | |
| 793 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
| 794 | BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind(); |
| 795 | if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double) |
| 796 | return Float; |
| 797 | } |
| 798 | return Integer; |
| 799 | } |
| 800 | |
| 801 | ABIArgInfo |
| 802 | X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentTypeWithReg(QualType Ty, |
| 803 | unsigned &FreeRegs) const { |
| 804 | // Common case first. |
| 805 | if (FreeRegs == 0) |
| 806 | return classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
| 807 | |
| 808 | Class C = classify(Ty); |
| 809 | if (C == Float) |
| 810 | return classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
| 811 | |
| 812 | unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; |
| 813 | if (SizeInRegs == 0) |
| 814 | return classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
| 815 | |
| 816 | if (SizeInRegs > FreeRegs) { |
| 817 | FreeRegs = 0; |
| 818 | return classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
| 819 | } |
| 820 | assert(SizeInRegs >= 1 && SizeInRegs <= 3); |
| 821 | FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs; |
| 822 | |
| 823 | // If it is a simple scalar, keep the type so that we produce a cleaner IR. |
| 824 | ABIArgInfo Foo = classifyArgumentType(Ty); |
| 825 | if (Foo.isDirect() && !Foo.getDirectOffset() && !Foo.getPaddingType()) |
| 826 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Foo.getCoerceToType()); |
| 827 | if (Foo.isExtend()) |
| 828 | return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg(Foo.getCoerceToType()); |
| 829 | |
| 830 | llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext(); |
| 831 | llvm::Type *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext); |
| 832 | SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements; |
| 833 | for (unsigned I = 0; I < SizeInRegs; ++I) |
| 834 | Elements.push_back(Int32); |
| 835 | llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements); |
| 836 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result); |
| 837 | } |
| 838 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments. |
John McCall | d608cdb | 2010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 842 | // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect. |
Anders Carlsson | a887423 | 2010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 844 | // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial |
| 845 | // copy constructor are always indirect. |
| 846 | if (hasNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(RT)) |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false); |
Daniel Dunbar | dc6d574 | 2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 850 | return getIndirectResult(Ty); |
Anders Carlsson | a887423 | 2010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | |
Eli Friedman | 5a4d352 | 2011-11-18 00:28:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | // Ignore empty structs/unions. |
Eli Friedman | 5a1ac89 | 2011-11-18 04:01:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 854 | if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 856 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 53012f4 | 2009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 857 | // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout |
| 858 | // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the |
| 859 | // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many |
| 860 | // optimizations. |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 && |
| 862 | canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext())) |
Daniel Dunbar | 53012f4 | 2009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | return getIndirectResult(Ty); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 866 | } |
| 867 | |
Chris Lattner | bbae8b4 | 2010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
Chris Lattner | 7b73350 | 2010-08-26 20:08:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing |
| 870 | // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64. |
Chris Lattner | bbae8b4 | 2010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | if (IsDarwinVectorABI) { |
| 872 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
Chris Lattner | bbae8b4 | 2010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 873 | if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) || |
| 874 | (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1)) |
| 875 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
| 876 | Size)); |
Chris Lattner | bbae8b4 | 2010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | } |
Bill Wendling | bb465d7 | 2010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 879 | llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
Bill Wendling | bb465d7 | 2010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | if (UseX86_MMXType(IRType)) { |
Eli Friedman | c3e0fb4 | 2011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | if (IsMMXDisabled) |
| 882 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
| 883 | 64)); |
Bill Wendling | bb465d7 | 2010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | ABIArgInfo AAI = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(IRType); |
| 885 | AAI.setCoerceToType(llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(getVMContext())); |
| 886 | return AAI; |
| 887 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 9cac494 | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | |
Chris Lattner | bbae8b4 | 2010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
| 890 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 9cac494 | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | |
| 892 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 893 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 894 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
Douglas Gregor | aa74a1e | 2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 897 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | } |
| 899 | |
Rafael Espindola | aa9cf8d | 2012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 900 | void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
| 901 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), |
| 902 | FI.getCallingConvention()); |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 903 | |
| 904 | unsigned FreeRegs = FI.getHasRegParm() ? FI.getRegParm() : |
| 905 | DefaultNumRegisterParameters; |
| 906 | |
| 907 | // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one |
| 908 | // integer register. |
| 909 | if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect() && FreeRegs) { |
| 910 | --FreeRegs; |
| 911 | ABIArgInfo &Old = FI.getReturnInfo(); |
| 912 | Old = ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(Old.getIndirectAlign(), |
| 913 | Old.getIndirectByVal(), |
| 914 | Old.getIndirectRealign()); |
| 915 | } |
| 916 | |
Rafael Espindola | aa9cf8d | 2012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 917 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 918 | it != ie; ++it) |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | it->info = classifyArgumentTypeWithReg(it->type, FreeRegs); |
Rafael Espindola | aa9cf8d | 2012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 920 | } |
| 921 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 923 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 924 | llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | |
| 926 | CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
| 927 | llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, |
| 928 | "ap"); |
| 929 | llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); |
Eli Friedman | 7b1fb81 | 2011-11-18 02:12:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | |
| 931 | // Compute if the address needs to be aligned |
| 932 | unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity(); |
| 933 | Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align); |
| 934 | Align = std::max(Align, 4U); |
| 935 | if (Align > 4) { |
| 936 | // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align; |
| 937 | llvm::Value *Offset = |
| 938 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1); |
| 939 | Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset); |
| 940 | llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, |
| 941 | CGF.Int32Ty); |
| 942 | llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align); |
| 943 | Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), |
| 944 | Addr->getType(), |
| 945 | "ap.cur.aligned"); |
| 946 | } |
| 947 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 948 | llvm::Type *PTy = |
Owen Anderson | 96e0fc7 | 2009-07-29 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); |
| 951 | |
| 952 | uint64_t Offset = |
Eli Friedman | 7b1fb81 | 2011-11-18 02:12:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | llvm::Value *NextAddr = |
Chris Lattner | 77b89b8 | 2010-06-27 07:15:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | "ap.next"); |
| 957 | Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); |
| 958 | |
| 959 | return AddrTyped; |
| 960 | } |
| 961 | |
Charles Davis | 74f7293 | 2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 962 | void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, |
| 963 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 964 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
| 965 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| 966 | if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) { |
| 967 | // Get the LLVM function. |
| 968 | llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
| 969 | |
| 970 | // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16. |
Bill Wendling | fac6310 | 2012-10-10 03:13:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 971 | Fn->addAttribute(~0U, |
| 972 | llvm::Attributes::constructStackAlignmentFromInt(16)); |
Charles Davis | 74f7293 | 2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 973 | } |
| 974 | } |
| 975 | } |
| 976 | |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( |
| 978 | CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 979 | llvm::Value *Address) const { |
| 980 | CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 981 | |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 982 | llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different |
| 985 | // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same. |
| 986 | // 8 is %eip. |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8); |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | |
| 989 | if (CGF.CGM.isTargetDarwin()) { |
| 990 | // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4. |
| 991 | // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on |
| 992 | // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16); |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | } else { |
| 997 | // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some |
| 998 | // reason. |
| 999 | Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9)); |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5. |
| 1002 | // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on |
| 1003 | // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12); |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1005 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16); |
| 1006 | } |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | |
| 1008 | return false; |
| 1009 | } |
| 1010 | |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1012 | // X86-64 ABI Implementation |
| 1013 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | namespace { |
| 1017 | /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information. |
| 1018 | class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
| 1019 | enum Class { |
| 1020 | Integer = 0, |
| 1021 | SSE, |
| 1022 | SSEUp, |
| 1023 | X87, |
| 1024 | X87Up, |
| 1025 | ComplexX87, |
| 1026 | NoClass, |
| 1027 | Memory |
| 1028 | }; |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm. |
| 1031 | /// |
| 1032 | /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field |
| 1033 | /// classification \arg Field. |
| 1034 | /// |
| 1035 | /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should |
| 1036 | /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge |
| 1037 | /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller |
| 1038 | /// should just return Memory for the aggregate). |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1039 | static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm. |
| 1042 | /// |
| 1043 | /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to |
| 1044 | /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary. |
| 1045 | /// |
| 1046 | /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in |
| 1047 | /// the classification process. |
| 1048 | /// |
| 1049 | /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type |
| 1050 | /// residing in the low word of the containing object. |
| 1051 | /// |
| 1052 | /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type |
| 1053 | /// residing in the higher words of the containing object. |
| 1054 | /// |
| 1055 | void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; |
| 1056 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the |
| 1058 | /// given type T should be passed. |
| 1059 | /// |
| 1060 | /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type |
| 1061 | /// residing in the low word of the containing object. |
| 1062 | /// |
| 1063 | /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type |
| 1064 | /// residing in the high word of the containing object. |
| 1065 | /// |
| 1066 | /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the |
| 1067 | /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different |
| 1068 | /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary. |
| 1069 | /// |
| 1070 | /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should |
| 1071 | /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo |
| 1072 | /// will be Memory. |
| 1073 | /// |
Sylvestre Ledru | f3477c1 | 2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored. |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1075 | /// |
| 1076 | /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will |
| 1077 | /// also be ComplexX87. |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 | llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const; |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, |
| 1082 | unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, |
| 1083 | unsigned SourceOffset) const; |
| 1084 | llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, |
| 1085 | unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy, |
| 1086 | unsigned SourceOffset) const; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result |
Daniel Dunbar | 46c54fb | 2010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | /// such that the argument will be returned in memory. |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const; |
Daniel Dunbar | 46c54fb | 2010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | |
| 1092 | /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | /// such that the argument will be passed in memory. |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | /// |
| 1095 | /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining |
| 1096 | /// available. |
| 1097 | ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | |
Bill Wendling | bb465d7 | 2010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1101 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | unsigned freeIntRegs, |
Bill Wendling | bb465d7 | 2010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | unsigned &neededInt, |
Bill Wendling | 99aaae8 | 2010-10-18 23:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | unsigned &neededSSE) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const; |
| 1107 | |
John McCall | 67a5773 | 2011-04-21 01:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1108 | /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities, |
| 1109 | /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with |
| 1110 | /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which |
| 1111 | /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC |
| 1112 | /// may need to exempt themselves. |
| 1113 | bool honorsRevision0_98() const { |
Douglas Gregor | bcfd1f5 | 2011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 | return !getContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin(); |
John McCall | 67a5773 | 2011-04-21 01:20:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | } |
| 1116 | |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1117 | bool HasAVX; |
| 1118 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | public: |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) : |
| 1121 | ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx) {} |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const { |
| 1124 | unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here. |
| 1126 | ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE); |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | if (info.isDirect()) { |
| 1128 | llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType(); |
| 1129 | if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty)) |
| 1130 | return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128); |
| 1131 | } |
| 1132 | return false; |
| 1133 | } |
| 1134 | |
Chris Lattner | ee5dcd0 | 2010-07-29 02:31:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | |
| 1137 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 1138 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 1139 | }; |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information. |
NAKAMURA Takumi | a757322 | 2011-01-17 22:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty) const; |
| 1145 | |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | public: |
NAKAMURA Takumi | a757322 | 2011-01-17 22:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | |
| 1151 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 1152 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 1153 | }; |
| 1154 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1155 | class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 1156 | public: |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1157 | X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX) |
| 1158 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {} |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { |
| 1161 | return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); |
| 1162 | } |
| 1163 | |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1164 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
| 1165 | return 7; |
| 1166 | } |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 1169 | llvm::Value *Address) const { |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1171 | |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1172 | // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. |
| 1173 | // 16 is %rip. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1174 | AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | return false; |
| 1176 | } |
Peter Collingbourne | 4b93d66 | 2011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1177 | |
Jay Foad | ef6de3d | 2011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1178 | llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
Chris Lattner | 5f9e272 | 2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1179 | StringRef Constraint, |
Jay Foad | ef6de3d | 2011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | llvm::Type* Ty) const { |
Peter Collingbourne | 4b93d66 | 2011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty); |
| 1182 | } |
| 1183 | |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args, |
| 1185 | const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const { |
John McCall | 01f151e | 2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1186 | // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA |
| 1187 | // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped |
Eli Friedman | 3ed7903 | 2011-12-01 04:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1188 | // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do |
Eli Friedman | 68805fe | 2011-12-06 03:08:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is |
| 1190 | // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI |
| 1191 | // defines varargs anyway. |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_Default || fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) { |
Eli Friedman | 3ed7903 | 2011-12-01 04:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | bool HasAVXType = false; |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1194 | for (CallArgList::const_iterator |
| 1195 | it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) { |
| 1196 | if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) { |
| 1197 | HasAVXType = true; |
| 1198 | break; |
Eli Friedman | 3ed7903 | 2011-12-01 04:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1199 | } |
| 1200 | } |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | |
Eli Friedman | 3ed7903 | 2011-12-01 04:53:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | if (!HasAVXType) |
| 1203 | return true; |
| 1204 | } |
John McCall | 01f151e | 2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1205 | |
John McCall | de5d3c7 | 2012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1206 | return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType); |
John McCall | 01f151e | 2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | } |
| 1208 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1209 | }; |
| 1210 | |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 1212 | public: |
| 1213 | WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 1214 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
| 1215 | |
| 1216 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
| 1217 | return 7; |
| 1218 | } |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 1221 | llvm::Value *Address) const { |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8); |
Michael J. Spencer | 9cac494 | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1223 | |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. |
| 1225 | // 16 is %rip. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1226 | AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16); |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1227 | return false; |
| 1228 | } |
| 1229 | }; |
| 1230 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1231 | } |
| 1232 | |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, |
| 1234 | Class &Hi) const { |
| 1235 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done: |
| 1236 | // |
| 1237 | // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in |
| 1238 | // memory. |
| 1239 | // |
| 1240 | // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in |
| 1241 | // memory. |
| 1242 | // |
| 1243 | // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first |
| 1244 | // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole |
| 1245 | // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the |
| 1246 | // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type. |
| 1247 | // |
| 1248 | // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE. |
| 1249 | // |
| 1250 | // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise |
| 1251 | // only with unions; for example: |
| 1252 | // union { _Complex double; unsigned; } |
| 1253 | // |
| 1254 | // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98. |
| 1255 | // |
| 1256 | if (Hi == Memory) |
| 1257 | Lo = Memory; |
| 1258 | if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98()) |
| 1259 | Lo = Memory; |
| 1260 | if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp)) |
| 1261 | Lo = Memory; |
| 1262 | if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE) |
| 1263 | Hi = SSE; |
| 1264 | } |
| 1265 | |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is |
| 1268 | // classified recursively so that always two fields are |
| 1269 | // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to |
| 1270 | // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte: |
| 1271 | // |
| 1272 | // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class. |
| 1273 | // |
| 1274 | // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is |
| 1275 | // the other class. |
| 1276 | // |
| 1277 | // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY |
| 1278 | // class. |
| 1279 | // |
| 1280 | // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the |
| 1281 | // INTEGER. |
| 1282 | // |
| 1283 | // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class, |
| 1284 | // MEMORY is used as class. |
| 1285 | // |
| 1286 | // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used. |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or |
| 1289 | // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure). |
| 1290 | assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) && |
| 1291 | "Invalid accumulated classification during merge."); |
| 1292 | if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass) |
| 1293 | return Accum; |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | if (Field == Memory) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | return Memory; |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1296 | if (Accum == NoClass) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | return Field; |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | return Integer; |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 || |
| 1301 | Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | return Memory; |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | return SSE; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | } |
| 1305 | |
Chris Lattner | bcaedae | 2010-06-30 19:14:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase, |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const { |
| 1308 | // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for |
| 1309 | // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various |
| 1310 | // situations. |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors |
| 1313 | // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they |
| 1314 | // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify. |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 | Lo = Hi = NoClass; |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi; |
| 1319 | Current = Memory; |
| 1320 | |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1321 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1322 | BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind(); |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | if (k == BuiltinType::Void) { |
| 1325 | Current = NoClass; |
| 1326 | } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) { |
| 1327 | Lo = Integer; |
| 1328 | Hi = Integer; |
| 1329 | } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) { |
| 1330 | Current = Integer; |
| 1331 | } else if (k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) { |
| 1332 | Current = SSE; |
| 1333 | } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) { |
| 1334 | Lo = X87; |
| 1335 | Hi = X87Up; |
| 1336 | } |
| 1337 | // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE. |
| 1338 | // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp). |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | return; |
| 1340 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1342 | if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1343 | // Classify the underlying integer type. |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1344 | classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi); |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1345 | return; |
| 1346 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1347 | |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1348 | if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1349 | Current = Integer; |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1350 | return; |
| 1351 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1352 | |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1353 | if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 67d438d | 2010-05-15 00:00:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1354 | if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) |
| 1355 | Lo = Hi = Integer; |
| 1356 | else |
| 1357 | Current = Integer; |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | return; |
| 1359 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1361 | if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1362 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | if (Size == 32) { |
| 1364 | // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x |
| 1365 | // float> as integer. |
| 1366 | Current = Integer; |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be |
| 1369 | // split. |
| 1370 | uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; |
| 1371 | uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64; |
| 1372 | if (EB_Real != EB_Imag) |
| 1373 | Hi = Lo; |
| 1374 | } else if (Size == 64) { |
| 1375 | // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :( |
| 1376 | if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) |
| 1377 | return; |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER. |
Chris Lattner | 473f8e7 | 2010-08-26 18:03:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || |
Chris Lattner | 0fefa41 | 2010-08-26 18:13:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) || |
| 1382 | VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) || |
| 1383 | VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong)) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | Current = Integer; |
| 1385 | else |
| 1386 | Current = SSE; |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be |
| 1389 | // split. |
| 1390 | if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64) |
| 1391 | Hi = Lo; |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1392 | } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && Size == 256)) { |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1393 | // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The |
| 1394 | // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class |
| 1395 | // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be |
| 1396 | // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense. |
| 1397 | // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases |
| 1398 | // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding |
| 1399 | // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part. |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1400 | Lo = SSE; |
| 1401 | Hi = SSEUp; |
| 1402 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | return; |
| 1404 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1406 | if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
Douglas Gregor | 2ade35e | 2010-06-16 00:17:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1410 | if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1411 | if (Size <= 64) |
| 1412 | Current = Integer; |
| 1413 | else if (Size <= 128) |
| 1414 | Lo = Hi = Integer; |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1416 | Current = SSE; |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | Lo = Hi = SSE; |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1419 | else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1420 | Current = ComplexX87; |
| 1421 | |
| 1422 | // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it |
| 1423 | // should be split. |
| 1424 | uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64; |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1425 | uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1426 | if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag) |
| 1427 | Hi = Lo; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1428 | |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1429 | return; |
| 1430 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 | if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | // Arrays are treated like structures. |
| 1434 | |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | |
| 1437 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1438 | // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. |
| 1439 | if (Size > 256) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1440 | return; |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned |
| 1443 | // fields, it has class MEMORY. |
| 1444 | // |
| 1445 | // Only need to check alignment of array base. |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType())) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | return; |
| 1448 | |
| 1449 | // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about |
| 1450 | // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify. |
| 1451 | Current = NoClass; |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1452 | uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 089d892 | 2011-07-12 01:27:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | |
| 1455 | // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array |
| 1456 | // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended |
| 1457 | // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. |
| 1458 | if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256) |
| 1459 | return; |
| 1460 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) { |
| 1462 | Class FieldLo, FieldHi; |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); |
| 1465 | Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); |
| 1466 | if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) |
| 1467 | break; |
| 1468 | } |
| 1469 | |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1470 | postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification."); |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1472 | return; |
| 1473 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1475 | if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1476 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1477 | |
| 1478 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1479 | // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY. |
| 1480 | if (Size > 256) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | return; |
| 1482 | |
Anders Carlsson | 0a8f847 | 2009-09-16 15:53:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial |
| 1484 | // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible |
| 1485 | // reference. |
| 1486 | if (hasNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(RT)) |
| 1487 | return; |
Daniel Dunbar | ce9f423 | 2009-11-22 23:01:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1488 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory. |
| 1492 | if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
| 1493 | return; |
| 1494 | |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | |
| 1497 | // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed. |
| 1498 | Current = NoClass; |
Daniel Dunbar | ce9f423 | 2009-11-22 23:01:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | |
| 1500 | // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first. |
| 1501 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
| 1502 | for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator i = CXXRD->bases_begin(), |
| 1503 | e = CXXRD->bases_end(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1504 | assert(!i->isVirtual() && !i->getType()->isDependentType() && |
| 1505 | "Unexpected base class!"); |
| 1506 | const CXXRecordDecl *Base = |
| 1507 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(i->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 | // Classify this field. |
| 1510 | // |
| 1511 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a |
| 1512 | // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets |
| 1513 | // initialized to class NO_CLASS. |
| 1514 | Class FieldLo, FieldHi; |
Benjamin Kramer | d4f5198 | 2012-07-04 18:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | uint64_t Offset = |
| 1516 | OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi); |
Daniel Dunbar | ce9f423 | 2009-11-22 23:01:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1518 | Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); |
| 1519 | Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); |
| 1520 | if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) |
| 1521 | break; |
| 1522 | } |
| 1523 | } |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results. |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | unsigned idx = 0; |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 548e478 | 2011-07-12 22:30:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
Argyrios Kyrtzidis | 17945a0 | 2009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1528 | i != e; ++i, ++idx) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1529 | uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); |
| 1530 | bool BitField = i->isBitField(); |
| 1531 | |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | b8981df | 2011-07-13 21:58:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1532 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than |
| 1533 | // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY. |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | // |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | b8981df | 2011-07-13 21:58:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1535 | // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct |
| 1536 | // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended |
| 1537 | // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory. |
| 1538 | // |
| 1539 | if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) { |
| 1540 | Lo = Memory; |
| 1541 | return; |
| 1542 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below. |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | Lo = Memory; |
| 1546 | return; |
| 1547 | } |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | // Classify this field. |
| 1550 | // |
| 1551 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate |
| 1552 | // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified |
| 1553 | // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class |
| 1554 | // NO_CLASS. |
| 1555 | Class FieldLo, FieldHi; |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 | // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the |
| 1558 | // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and |
| 1559 | // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte. |
| 1560 | if (BitField) { |
| 1561 | // Ignore padding bit-fields. |
| 1562 | if (i->isUnnamedBitfield()) |
| 1563 | continue; |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); |
Richard Smith | a6b8b2c | 2011-10-10 18:28:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1566 | uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1567 | |
| 1568 | uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64; |
| 1569 | uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64; |
| 1570 | FieldLo = FieldHi = NoClass; |
| 1571 | if (EB_Lo) { |
| 1572 | assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes."); |
| 1573 | FieldLo = NoClass; |
| 1574 | FieldHi = Integer; |
| 1575 | } else { |
| 1576 | FieldLo = Integer; |
| 1577 | FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass; |
| 1578 | } |
| 1579 | } else |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1580 | classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1581 | Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo); |
| 1582 | Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi); |
| 1583 | if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) |
| 1584 | break; |
| 1585 | } |
| 1586 | |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | } |
| 1589 | } |
| 1590 | |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const { |
Daniel Dunbar | 46c54fb | 2010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right |
| 1593 | // place naturally. |
John McCall | d608cdb | 2010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 46c54fb | 2010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 1596 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 1597 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 1598 | |
| 1599 | return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 1600 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 1601 | } |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 1604 | } |
| 1605 | |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const { |
| 1607 | if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
| 1608 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy); |
| 1609 | unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128; |
| 1610 | if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector) |
| 1611 | return true; |
| 1612 | } |
| 1613 | |
| 1614 | return false; |
| 1615 | } |
| 1616 | |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, |
| 1618 | unsigned freeIntRegs) const { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right |
| 1620 | // place naturally. |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1621 | // |
| 1622 | // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available |
| 1623 | // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass |
| 1624 | // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently, |
| 1625 | // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with |
| 1626 | // 'onstack'. See PR12193. |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) { |
Douglas Gregor | aa74a1e | 2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 1629 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 1630 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 1631 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | cc6fa88 | 2009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1632 | return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 1633 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
Douglas Gregor | aa74a1e | 2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 46c54fb | 2010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(Ty)) |
| 1637 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
Anders Carlsson | 0a8f847 | 2009-09-16 15:53:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1638 | |
Chris Lattner | 855d227 | 2011-05-22 23:21:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1639 | // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all |
| 1640 | // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval. |
| 1641 | unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U); |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1642 | |
| 1643 | // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This |
| 1644 | // is important for good codegen. |
| 1645 | // |
| 1646 | // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can |
| 1647 | // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval). |
| 1648 | // |
| 1649 | // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the |
| 1650 | // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers |
| 1651 | // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value |
| 1652 | // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the |
| 1653 | // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first), |
| 1654 | // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that |
| 1655 | // might be inreg. |
| 1656 | // |
| 1657 | // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for |
| 1658 | // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer |
| 1659 | // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed |
| 1660 | // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now. |
| 1661 | // |
| 1662 | // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter |
| 1663 | // attributes. See PR12193. |
| 1664 | if (freeIntRegs == 0) { |
| 1665 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 | // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral |
| 1668 | // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8). |
| 1669 | if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64) |
| 1670 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
| 1671 | Size)); |
| 1672 | } |
| 1673 | |
Chris Lattner | 855d227 | 2011-05-22 23:21:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | } |
| 1676 | |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1677 | /// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an |
| 1678 | /// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a |
Chris Lattner | 0f408f5 | 2010-07-29 04:56:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | /// vector register. |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1680 | llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const { |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1681 | llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1682 | |
Chris Lattner | 15842bd | 2010-07-29 05:02:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1683 | // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors, |
| 1684 | // strip them off if present. |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 | llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); |
Chris Lattner | 15842bd | 2010-07-29 05:02:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1686 | while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) { |
| 1687 | IRType = STy->getElementType(0); |
| 1688 | STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType); |
| 1689 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1690 | |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 528a8c7 | 2011-07-08 22:57:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it. |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){ |
| 1693 | llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType(); |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth(); |
Tanya Lattner | ce27567 | 2011-11-28 23:18:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) && |
Chris Lattner | 0f408f5 | 2010-07-29 04:56:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 | (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() || |
| 1697 | EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) || |
| 1698 | EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) || |
| 1699 | EltTy->isIntegerTy(128))) |
| 1700 | return VT; |
| 1701 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | |
Chris Lattner | 0f408f5 | 2010-07-29 04:56:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 | return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2); |
| 1704 | } |
| 1705 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1706 | /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range |
| 1707 | /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in |
| 1708 | /// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits |
| 1709 | /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful |
| 1710 | /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class. |
| 1711 | /// |
| 1712 | /// It is conservatively correct to return false. |
| 1713 | static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit, |
| 1714 | unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) { |
| 1715 | // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user |
| 1716 | // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other |
| 1717 | // types that don't contain interesting padding. |
| 1718 | unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
| 1719 | if (TySize <= StartBit) |
| 1720 | return true; |
| 1721 | |
Chris Lattner | 021c3a3 | 2010-07-29 07:43:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1722 | if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { |
| 1723 | unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType()); |
| 1724 | unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range. |
| 1727 | for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) { |
| 1728 | // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done.. |
| 1729 | unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize; |
| 1730 | if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1731 | |
Chris Lattner | 021c3a3 | 2010-07-29 07:43:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1732 | unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0; |
| 1733 | if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart, |
| 1734 | EndBit-EltOffset, Context)) |
| 1735 | return false; |
| 1736 | } |
| 1737 | // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding. |
| 1738 | return true; |
| 1739 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1740 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1741 | if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 1742 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
| 1743 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1744 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1745 | // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first. |
| 1746 | if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) { |
| 1747 | for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator i = CXXRD->bases_begin(), |
| 1748 | e = CXXRD->bases_end(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1749 | assert(!i->isVirtual() && !i->getType()->isDependentType() && |
| 1750 | "Unexpected base class!"); |
| 1751 | const CXXRecordDecl *Base = |
| 1752 | cast<CXXRecordDecl>(i->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1753 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1754 | // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it. |
Benjamin Kramer | d4f5198 | 2012-07-04 18:45:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1755 | unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base)); |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1756 | if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1757 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1758 | unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0; |
| 1759 | if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), BaseStart, |
| 1760 | EndBit-BaseOffset, Context)) |
| 1761 | return false; |
| 1762 | } |
| 1763 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1764 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1765 | // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes |
| 1766 | // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields, |
| 1767 | // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care |
| 1768 | // much. |
| 1769 | unsigned idx = 0; |
| 1770 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 1771 | i != e; ++i, ++idx) { |
| 1772 | unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1773 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1774 | // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done. |
| 1775 | if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break; |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0; |
| 1778 | if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset, |
| 1779 | Context)) |
| 1780 | return false; |
| 1781 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1783 | // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're |
| 1784 | // clean. |
| 1785 | return true; |
| 1786 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1787 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1788 | return false; |
| 1789 | } |
| 1790 | |
Chris Lattner | 0b36200 | 2010-07-29 18:39:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1791 | /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a |
| 1792 | /// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a |
| 1793 | /// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return |
| 1794 | /// false. |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1795 | static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1796 | const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { |
Chris Lattner | 0b36200 | 2010-07-29 18:39:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1797 | // Base case if we find a float. |
| 1798 | if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy()) |
| 1799 | return true; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | |
Chris Lattner | 0b36200 | 2010-07-29 18:39:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1801 | // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1802 | if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { |
Chris Lattner | 0b36200 | 2010-07-29 18:39:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1803 | const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy); |
| 1804 | unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); |
| 1805 | IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt); |
| 1806 | return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD); |
| 1807 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1808 | |
Chris Lattner | 0b36200 | 2010-07-29 18:39:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1809 | // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset. |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1810 | if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { |
| 1811 | llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); |
Chris Lattner | 0b36200 | 2010-07-29 18:39:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); |
| 1813 | IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; |
| 1814 | return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD); |
| 1815 | } |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | return false; |
| 1818 | } |
| 1819 | |
Chris Lattner | f47c944 | 2010-07-29 18:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | |
| 1821 | /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the |
| 1822 | /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class. |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: |
| 1824 | GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, |
Chris Lattner | f47c944 | 2010-07-29 18:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1825 | QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { |
Chris Lattner | cba8d31 | 2010-07-29 18:19:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We |
Chris Lattner | f47c944 | 2010-07-29 18:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for |
| 1828 | // structs that contain 3 floats. |
| 1829 | if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32, |
| 1830 | SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) |
| 1831 | return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1832 | |
Chris Lattner | 0b36200 | 2010-07-29 18:39:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at |
| 1834 | // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the |
| 1835 | // case. |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) && |
| 1837 | ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout())) |
Chris Lattner | 22fd4ba | 2010-08-25 23:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1838 | return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | |
Chris Lattner | f47c944 | 2010-07-29 18:13:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()); |
| 1841 | } |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | |
Chris Lattner | 0d2656d | 2010-07-29 17:40:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1844 | /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in |
| 1845 | /// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking |
| 1846 | /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks |
| 1847 | /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1848 | /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*, |
| 1849 | /// etc). |
| 1850 | /// |
| 1851 | /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for |
| 1852 | /// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that |
| 1853 | /// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null. |
| 1854 | /// |
| 1855 | /// SourceTy is the source level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is |
| 1856 | /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8). |
| 1857 | /// |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo:: |
| 1859 | GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset, |
Chris Lattner | 0d2656d | 2010-07-29 17:40:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const { |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1861 | // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're |
| 1862 | // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it. |
| 1863 | if (IROffset == 0) { |
| 1864 | // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit. |
| 1865 | if (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) || IRType->isIntegerTy(64)) |
| 1866 | return IRType; |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1867 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1868 | // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the |
| 1869 | // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to |
| 1870 | // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on |
| 1871 | // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We |
| 1872 | // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on |
| 1873 | // unions being lowered a specific way etc. |
| 1874 | if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) || |
| 1875 | IRType->isIntegerTy(32)) { |
| 1876 | unsigned BitWidth = cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth(); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | |
Chris Lattner | e2962be | 2010-07-29 07:30:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1878 | if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth, |
| 1879 | SourceOffset*8+64, getContext())) |
| 1880 | return IRType; |
| 1881 | } |
| 1882 | } |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) { |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset. |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy); |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) { |
| 1888 | unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset); |
| 1889 | IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | |
Chris Lattner | 0d2656d | 2010-07-29 17:40:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset, |
| 1892 | SourceTy, SourceOffset); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | } |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) { |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType(); |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1898 | unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy); |
Chris Lattner | 021c3a3 | 2010-07-29 07:43:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize; |
Chris Lattner | 0d2656d | 2010-07-29 17:40:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy, |
| 1901 | SourceOffset); |
Chris Lattner | 021c3a3 | 2010-07-29 07:43:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1902 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an |
| 1905 | // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct. |
Chris Lattner | 9e45a3d | 2010-07-29 17:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | unsigned TySizeInBytes = |
| 1907 | (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity(); |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | |
Chris Lattner | 9e45a3d | 2010-07-29 17:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1909 | assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?"); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that |
| 1912 | // isn't larger than the structure. |
Chris Lattner | 9e45a3d | 2010-07-29 17:34:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
| 1914 | std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8); |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1915 | } |
| 1916 | |
Chris Lattner | 66e7b68 | 2010-09-01 00:50:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1917 | |
| 1918 | /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally |
| 1919 | /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a |
| 1920 | /// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of |
| 1921 | /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float, |
| 1922 | /// return {i32*, float}. |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 | static llvm::Type * |
Jay Foad | ef6de3d | 2011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi, |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | const llvm::DataLayout &TD) { |
Chris Lattner | 66e7b68 | 2010-09-01 00:50:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1926 | // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start |
| 1927 | // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types |
| 1928 | // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have |
| 1929 | // the second element at offset 8. Check for this: |
| 1930 | unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo); |
| 1931 | unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi); |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1932 | unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign); |
Chris Lattner | 66e7b68 | 2010-09-01 00:50:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1933 | assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); |
Michael J. Spencer | 9cac494 | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | |
Chris Lattner | 66e7b68 | 2010-09-01 00:50:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the |
| 1936 | // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size |
| 1937 | // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the |
| 1938 | // struct. |
| 1939 | if (HiStart != 8) { |
| 1940 | // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for |
| 1941 | // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32. |
| 1942 | // Promote these to a larger type. |
| 1943 | if (Lo->isFloatTy()) |
| 1944 | Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext()); |
| 1945 | else { |
| 1946 | assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type"); |
| 1947 | Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext()); |
| 1948 | } |
| 1949 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 9cac494 | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1950 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1951 | llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL); |
Michael J. Spencer | 9cac494 | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 | |
| 1953 | |
Chris Lattner | 66e7b68 | 2010-09-01 00:50:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset. |
| 1955 | assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 && |
| 1956 | "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!"); |
| 1957 | return Result; |
| 1958 | } |
| 1959 | |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 | ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo:: |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1961 | classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1962 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the |
| 1963 | // classification algorithm. |
| 1964 | X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; |
| 1965 | classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi); |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | // Check some invariants. |
| 1968 | assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); |
| 1970 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | llvm::Type *ResType = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1972 | switch (Lo) { |
| 1973 | case NoClass: |
Chris Lattner | 117e3f4 | 2010-07-30 04:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | if (Hi == NoClass) |
| 1975 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 1976 | // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType |
| 1977 | // null. |
| 1978 | assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && |
| 1979 | "Unknown missing lo part"); |
| 1980 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | |
| 1982 | case SSEUp: |
| 1983 | case X87Up: |
David Blaikie | b219cfc | 2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1984 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | |
| 1986 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via |
| 1987 | // hidden argument. |
| 1988 | case Memory: |
| 1989 | return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy); |
| 1990 | |
| 1991 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next |
| 1992 | // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used. |
| 1993 | case Integer: |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | |
Chris Lattner | eb518b4 | 2010-07-29 21:42:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend |
| 1997 | // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. |
| 1998 | if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { |
| 1999 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 2000 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 2001 | RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | |
Chris Lattner | eb518b4 | 2010-07-29 21:42:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && |
| 2004 | RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| 2005 | return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
| 2006 | } |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | break; |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next |
| 2010 | // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used. |
| 2011 | case SSE: |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2012 | ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0); |
Chris Lattner | 0b30c67 | 2010-07-28 23:12:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2013 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2014 | |
| 2015 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is |
| 2016 | // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number. |
| 2017 | case X87: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2018 | ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()); |
Chris Lattner | 0b30c67 | 2010-07-28 23:12:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | |
| 2021 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real |
| 2022 | // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in |
| 2023 | // %st1. |
| 2024 | case ComplexX87: |
| 2025 | assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification."); |
Chris Lattner | 7650d95 | 2011-06-18 22:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()), |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | NULL); |
| 2029 | break; |
| 2030 | } |
| 2031 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2032 | llvm::Type *HighPart = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | switch (Hi) { |
| 2034 | // Memory was handled previously and X87 should |
| 2035 | // never occur as a hi class. |
| 2036 | case Memory: |
| 2037 | case X87: |
David Blaikie | b219cfc | 2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2038 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2039 | |
| 2040 | case ComplexX87: // Previously handled. |
Chris Lattner | 0b30c67 | 2010-07-28 23:12:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | case NoClass: |
| 2042 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2043 | |
Chris Lattner | 3db4dde | 2010-09-01 00:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | case Integer: |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); |
Chris Lattner | 3db4dde | 2010-09-01 00:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2046 | if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
| 2047 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2048 | break; |
Chris Lattner | 3db4dde | 2010-09-01 00:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | case SSE: |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); |
Chris Lattner | 3db4dde | 2010-09-01 00:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
| 2052 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | break; |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used |
| 2057 | // vector register. |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | // |
Chris Lattner | fc8f0e1 | 2011-04-15 05:22:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen. |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2060 | case SSEUp: |
| 2061 | assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification."); |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2062 | ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy); |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2063 | break; |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is |
| 2066 | // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0. |
| 2067 | case X87Up: |
Chris Lattner | fc8f0e1 | 2011-04-15 05:22:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2068 | // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be |
Chris Lattner | fc8f0e1 | 2011-04-15 05:22:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2070 | // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2071 | // extra bits in an SSE reg. |
Chris Lattner | 603519d | 2010-07-29 17:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2072 | if (Lo != X87) { |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2073 | HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8); |
Chris Lattner | 3db4dde | 2010-09-01 00:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2074 | if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
| 2075 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
Chris Lattner | 603519d | 2010-07-29 17:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2076 | } |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2077 | break; |
| 2078 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 9cac494 | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | |
Chris Lattner | 3db4dde | 2010-09-01 00:20:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2080 | // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is |
Chris Lattner | 645406a | 2010-09-01 00:24:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a |
| 2082 | // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} |
Chris Lattner | 66e7b68 | 2010-09-01 00:50:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2083 | if (HighPart) |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2085 | |
Chris Lattner | eb518b4 | 2010-07-29 21:42:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
Chris Lattner | 519f68c | 2010-07-28 23:06:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2087 | } |
| 2088 | |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType( |
| 2090 | QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE) |
| 2091 | const |
| 2092 | { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi; |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2094 | classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2095 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | // Check some invariants. |
| 2097 | // FIXME: Enforce these by construction. |
| 2098 | assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification."); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification."); |
| 2100 | |
| 2101 | neededInt = 0; |
| 2102 | neededSSE = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | llvm::Type *ResType = 0; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | switch (Lo) { |
| 2105 | case NoClass: |
Chris Lattner | 117e3f4 | 2010-07-30 04:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2106 | if (Hi == NoClass) |
| 2107 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 2108 | // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType |
| 2109 | // null. |
| 2110 | assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) && |
| 2111 | "Unknown missing lo part"); |
| 2112 | break; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2113 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2114 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument |
| 2115 | // on the stack. |
| 2116 | case Memory: |
| 2117 | |
| 2118 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or |
| 2119 | // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory. |
| 2120 | case X87: |
| 2121 | case ComplexX87: |
Eli Friedman | ded137f | 2011-06-29 07:04:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(Ty)) |
| 2123 | ++neededInt; |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2125 | |
| 2126 | case SSEUp: |
| 2127 | case X87Up: |
David Blaikie | b219cfc | 2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2128 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word."); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2129 | |
| 2130 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next |
| 2131 | // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8 |
| 2132 | // and %r9 is used. |
| 2133 | case Integer: |
Chris Lattner | 9c254f0 | 2010-06-29 06:01:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2134 | ++neededInt; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2136 | // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2137 | ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0); |
Chris Lattner | eb518b4 | 2010-07-29 21:42:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2138 | |
| 2139 | // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend |
| 2140 | // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes. |
| 2141 | if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) { |
| 2142 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 2143 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 2144 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | |
Chris Lattner | eb518b4 | 2010-07-29 21:42:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2146 | if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && |
| 2147 | Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| 2148 | return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
| 2149 | } |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2150 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2151 | break; |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next |
| 2154 | // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the |
| 2155 | // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7. |
Bill Wendling | bb465d7 | 2010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2156 | case SSE: { |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2157 | llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
Eli Friedman | 14508ff | 2011-07-02 00:57:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2158 | ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0); |
Bill Wendling | 99aaae8 | 2010-10-18 23:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2159 | ++neededSSE; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2160 | break; |
| 2161 | } |
Bill Wendling | bb465d7 | 2010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2162 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2163 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2164 | llvm::Type *HighPart = 0; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2165 | switch (Hi) { |
| 2166 | // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should |
Chris Lattner | fc8f0e1 | 2011-04-15 05:22:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2167 | // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87, |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2168 | // which is passed in memory. |
| 2169 | case Memory: |
| 2170 | case X87: |
| 2171 | case ComplexX87: |
David Blaikie | b219cfc | 2011-09-23 05:06:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2172 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word."); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | |
| 2174 | case NoClass: break; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2175 | |
Chris Lattner | 645406a | 2010-09-01 00:24:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2176 | case Integer: |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2177 | ++neededInt; |
Chris Lattner | 49382de | 2010-07-28 22:44:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2178 | // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type. |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2179 | HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2180 | |
Chris Lattner | 645406a | 2010-09-01 00:24:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2181 | if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
| 2182 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2183 | break; |
| 2184 | |
| 2185 | // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in |
| 2186 | // memory), except in situations involving unions. |
| 2187 | case X87Up: |
Chris Lattner | 645406a | 2010-09-01 00:24:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2188 | case SSE: |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2189 | HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8); |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | |
Chris Lattner | 645406a | 2010-09-01 00:24:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2191 | if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory. |
| 2192 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8); |
Chris Lattner | 117e3f4 | 2010-07-30 04:02:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2193 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2194 | ++neededSSE; |
| 2195 | break; |
| 2196 | |
| 2197 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the |
| 2198 | // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2199 | // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed. |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2200 | case SSEUp: |
Chris Lattner | ab5722e | 2010-07-28 23:47:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification"); |
Bruno Cardoso Lopes | 4943c15 | 2011-07-11 22:41:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2202 | ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2203 | break; |
| 2204 | } |
| 2205 | |
Chris Lattner | 645406a | 2010-09-01 00:24:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2206 | // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is |
| 2207 | // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a |
| 2208 | // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high} |
| 2209 | if (HighPart) |
Micah Villmow | 25a6a84 | 2012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout()); |
Michael J. Spencer | 9cac494 | 2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2211 | |
Chris Lattner | eb518b4 | 2010-07-29 21:42:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2212 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2213 | } |
| 2214 | |
Chris Lattner | ee5dcd0 | 2010-07-29 02:31:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2215 | void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2216 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2217 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2218 | |
| 2219 | // Keep track of the number of assigned registers. |
Bill Wendling | 99aaae8 | 2010-10-18 23:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2220 | unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2221 | |
| 2222 | // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one |
| 2223 | // integer register. |
| 2224 | if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) |
| 2225 | --freeIntRegs; |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers |
| 2228 | // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows... |
| 2229 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 2230 | it != ie; ++it) { |
Bill Wendling | 99aaae8 | 2010-10-18 23:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt, |
| 2233 | neededSSE); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | |
| 2235 | // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any |
| 2236 | // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the |
| 2237 | // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some |
| 2238 | // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted. |
Bill Wendling | 99aaae8 | 2010-10-18 23:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2239 | if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2240 | freeIntRegs -= neededInt; |
| 2241 | freeSSERegs -= neededSSE; |
| 2242 | } else { |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | } |
| 2245 | } |
| 2246 | } |
| 2247 | |
| 2248 | static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, |
| 2249 | QualType Ty, |
| 2250 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) { |
| 2251 | llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p = |
| 2252 | CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p"); |
| 2253 | llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area = |
| 2254 | CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area"); |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16 |
| 2257 | // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary. |
Eli Friedman | 8d2fe42 | 2011-11-18 02:44:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use |
| 2259 | // alignment greater than 16 where necessary. |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
| 2261 | if (Align > 8) { |
Eli Friedman | 8d2fe42 | 2011-11-18 02:44:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2262 | // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align; |
Owen Anderson | 0032b27 | 2009-08-13 21:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 | llvm::Value *Offset = |
Eli Friedman | 8d2fe42 | 2011-11-18 02:44:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset); |
| 2266 | llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area, |
Chris Lattner | 77b89b8 | 2010-06-27 07:15:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2267 | CGF.Int64Ty); |
Eli Friedman | 8d2fe42 | 2011-11-18 02:44:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | overflow_arg_area = |
| 2270 | CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask), |
| 2271 | overflow_arg_area->getType(), |
| 2272 | "overflow_arg_area.align"); |
| 2273 | } |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area. |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | llvm::Value *Res = |
| 2278 | CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area, |
Owen Anderson | 96e0fc7 | 2009-07-29 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2280 | |
| 2281 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to: |
| 2282 | // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type). |
| 2283 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to |
| 2284 | // an 8 byte boundary. |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 | uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8; |
Owen Anderson | 0032b27 | 2009-08-13 21:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2287 | llvm::Value *Offset = |
Chris Lattner | 77b89b8 | 2010-06-27 07:15:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset, |
| 2290 | "overflow_arg_area.next"); |
| 2291 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p); |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type. |
| 2294 | return Res; |
| 2295 | } |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 2298 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
| 2299 | // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type: |
| 2300 | // struct { |
| 2301 | // i32 gp_offset; |
| 2302 | // i32 fp_offset; |
| 2303 | // i8* overflow_arg_area; |
| 2304 | // i8* reg_save_area; |
| 2305 | // }; |
Bill Wendling | 99aaae8 | 2010-10-18 23:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2306 | unsigned neededInt, neededSSE; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | |
Chris Lattner | a14db75 | 2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty); |
Daniel Dunbar | edfac03 | 2012-03-10 01:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 | ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2310 | |
| 2311 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed |
| 2312 | // in the registers. If not go to step 7. |
| 2313 | if (!neededInt && !neededSSE) |
| 2314 | return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of |
| 2317 | // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold |
| 2318 | // the number of floating point registers needed. |
| 2319 | |
| 2320 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into |
| 2321 | // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or |
| 2322 | // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7. |
| 2323 | // |
| 2324 | // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of |
| 2325 | // register save space). |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | llvm::Value *InRegs = 0; |
| 2328 | llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = 0, *gp_offset = 0; |
| 2329 | llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = 0, *fp_offset = 0; |
| 2330 | if (neededInt) { |
| 2331 | gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p"); |
| 2332 | gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset"); |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8); |
| 2334 | InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp"); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | } |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | if (neededSSE) { |
| 2338 | fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p"); |
| 2339 | fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset"); |
| 2340 | llvm::Value *FitsInFP = |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16); |
| 2342 | FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp"); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP; |
| 2344 | } |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg"); |
| 2347 | llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem"); |
| 2348 | llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end"); |
| 2349 | CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock); |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers. |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 | CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock); |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with |
| 2356 | // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require |
| 2357 | // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed |
| 2358 | // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater |
| 2359 | // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers. |
| 2360 | // |
| 2361 | // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to |
| 2362 | // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a |
| 2363 | // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more |
| 2364 | // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up? |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2366 | llvm::Value *RegAddr = |
| 2367 | CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3), |
| 2368 | "reg_save_area"); |
| 2369 | if (neededInt && neededSSE) { |
| 2370 | // FIXME: Cleanup. |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2372 | llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2373 | llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(ST); |
| 2374 | assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0); |
| 2376 | llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1); |
Chris Lattner | a8b7a7d | 2010-08-26 06:28:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2377 | assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) && |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs"); |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 | llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo); |
| 2380 | llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); |
| 2382 | llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); |
Duncan Sands | f177d9d | 2010-02-15 16:14:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFloatingPointTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr; |
| 2384 | llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFloatingPointTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | llvm::Value *V = |
| 2386 | CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo)); |
| 2387 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); |
| 2388 | V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi)); |
| 2389 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); |
| 2390 | |
Owen Anderson | a1cf15f | 2009-07-14 23:10:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, |
Owen Anderson | 96e0fc7 | 2009-07-29 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | } else if (neededInt) { |
| 2394 | RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset); |
| 2395 | RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, |
Owen Anderson | 96e0fc7 | 2009-07-29 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2396 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2397 | } else if (neededSSE == 1) { |
| 2398 | RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); |
| 2399 | RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr, |
| 2400 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | } else { |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!"); |
| 2403 | // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save |
| 2404 | // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together. |
| 2405 | llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset); |
Chris Lattner | 1090a9b | 2010-06-28 21:43:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16); |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2407 | llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy; |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | llvm::Type *DblPtrTy = |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2409 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy); |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2410 | llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | DoubleTy, NULL); |
| 2412 | llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(ST); |
| 2413 | V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo, |
| 2414 | DblPtrTy)); |
| 2415 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0)); |
| 2416 | V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi, |
| 2417 | DblPtrTy)); |
| 2418 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1)); |
| 2419 | RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, |
| 2420 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | } |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set: |
| 2424 | // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8 |
| 2425 | // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16. |
| 2426 | if (neededInt) { |
Chris Lattner | 77b89b8 | 2010-06-27 07:15:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2427 | llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset), |
| 2429 | gp_offset_p); |
| 2430 | } |
| 2431 | if (neededSSE) { |
Chris Lattner | 77b89b8 | 2010-06-27 07:15:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2432 | llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset), |
| 2434 | fp_offset_p); |
| 2435 | } |
| 2436 | CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock); |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory. |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 | CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock); |
| 2441 | llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF); |
| 2442 | |
| 2443 | // Return the appropriate result. |
| 2444 | |
| 2445 | CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock); |
Jay Foad | bbf3bac | 2011-03-30 11:28:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2, |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | "vaarg.addr"); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock); |
| 2449 | ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | return ResAddr; |
| 2451 | } |
| 2452 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | a757322 | 2011-01-17 22:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2453 | ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const { |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | if (Ty->isVoidType()) |
| 2456 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 2459 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 | if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
NAKAMURA Takumi | ff8be0e | 2011-01-19 00:11:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2464 | if (hasNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(RT) || |
| 2465 | RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
NAKAMURA Takumi | a757322 | 2011-01-17 22:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2466 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
| 2467 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 6f17433 | 2011-02-22 03:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2468 | // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128 |
| 2469 | if (Size == 128 && |
Eli Friedman | 55fc7e2 | 2012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2470 | getContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getOS() |
| 2471 | == llvm::Triple::MinGW32) |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 6f17433 | 2011-02-22 03:56:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2472 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
| 2473 | Size)); |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 | // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is |
| 2476 | // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference." |
| 2477 | if (Size <= 64 && |
NAKAMURA Takumi | ff8be0e | 2011-01-19 00:11:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2478 | (Size & (Size - 1)) == 0) |
NAKAMURA Takumi | a757322 | 2011-01-17 22:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2479 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
| 2480 | Size)); |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
| 2483 | } |
| 2484 | |
| 2485 | if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| 2486 | return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
| 2489 | } |
| 2490 | |
| 2491 | void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
| 2492 | |
| 2493 | QualType RetTy = FI.getReturnType(); |
| 2494 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(RetTy); |
| 2495 | |
NAKAMURA Takumi | a757322 | 2011-01-17 22:56:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2496 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 2497 | it != ie; ++it) |
| 2498 | it->info = classify(it->type); |
| 2499 | } |
| 2500 | |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2501 | llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 2502 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2503 | llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2504 | |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2505 | CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
| 2506 | llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, |
| 2507 | "ap"); |
| 2508 | llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); |
| 2509 | llvm::Type *PTy = |
| 2510 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); |
| 2511 | llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | uint64_t Offset = |
| 2514 | llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8); |
| 2515 | llvm::Value *NextAddr = |
| 2516 | Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), |
| 2517 | "ap.next"); |
| 2518 | Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | return AddrTyped; |
| 2521 | } |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2522 | |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2523 | // PowerPC-32 |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | namespace { |
| 2526 | class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 2527 | public: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2528 | PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2529 | |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2530 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
| 2531 | // This is recovered from gcc output. |
| 2532 | return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer |
| 2533 | } |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2536 | llvm::Value *Address) const; |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2537 | }; |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | } |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | bool |
| 2542 | PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 2543 | llvm::Value *Address) const { |
| 2544 | // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified |
| 2545 | // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2549 | llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2550 | llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); |
| 2551 | llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); |
| 2552 | llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 | // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2555 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31); |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2556 | |
| 2557 | // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2558 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2559 | |
| 2560 | // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: |
| 2561 | // 64: mq |
| 2562 | // 65: lr |
| 2563 | // 66: ctr |
| 2564 | // 67: ap |
| 2565 | // 68-75 cr0-7 |
| 2566 | // 76: xer |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2567 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2568 | |
| 2569 | // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | |
| 2572 | // 109: vrsave |
| 2573 | // 110: vscr |
| 2574 | // 111: spe_acc |
| 2575 | // 112: spefscr |
| 2576 | // 113: sfp |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2577 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2578 | |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2579 | return false; |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2580 | } |
| 2581 | |
Roman Divacky | 0fbc4b9 | 2012-05-09 18:22:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2582 | // PowerPC-64 |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 | namespace { |
Bill Schmidt | 2fc107f | 2012-10-03 19:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2585 | /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information. |
| 2586 | class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo { |
| 2587 | |
| 2588 | public: |
| 2589 | PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {} |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | // TODO: Could override computeInfo to model the ABI more completely if |
| 2592 | // it would be helpful. Example: We might remove the byVal flag from |
| 2593 | // aggregate arguments that fit in a register to avoid pushing them to |
| 2594 | // memory on function entry. Note that this is a performance optimization, |
| 2595 | // not a compliance issue. In general we prefer to keep ABI details in |
| 2596 | // the back end where possible, but modifying an argument flag seems like |
| 2597 | // a good thing to do before invoking the back end. |
| 2598 | |
| 2599 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, |
| 2600 | QualType Ty, |
| 2601 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 2602 | }; |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 2605 | public: |
| 2606 | PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 2607 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
| 2608 | |
| 2609 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
| 2610 | // This is recovered from gcc output. |
| 2611 | return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer |
| 2612 | } |
| 2613 | |
| 2614 | bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 2615 | llvm::Value *Address) const; |
| 2616 | }; |
| 2617 | |
Roman Divacky | 0fbc4b9 | 2012-05-09 18:22:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2618 | class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 2619 | public: |
| 2620 | PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} |
| 2621 | |
| 2622 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
| 2623 | // This is recovered from gcc output. |
| 2624 | return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer |
| 2625 | } |
| 2626 | |
| 2627 | bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 2628 | llvm::Value *Address) const; |
| 2629 | }; |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 | } |
| 2632 | |
Bill Schmidt | 2fc107f | 2012-10-03 19:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2633 | // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine. |
| 2634 | llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, |
| 2635 | QualType Ty, |
| 2636 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
| 2637 | llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; |
| 2638 | llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
| 2641 | llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); |
| 2642 | llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); |
| 2643 | |
| 2644 | // Handle address alignment for type alignment > 64 bits. Although |
| 2645 | // long double normally requires 16-byte alignment, this is not the |
| 2646 | // case when it is passed as an argument; so handle that special case. |
| 2647 | const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
| 2648 | unsigned TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 | if (TyAlign > 8 && (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())) { |
| 2651 | assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && |
| 2652 | "Alignment is not power of 2!"); |
| 2653 | llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); |
| 2654 | AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(TyAlign - 1)); |
| 2655 | AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(~(TyAlign - 1))); |
| 2656 | Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); |
| 2657 | } |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 | // Update the va_list pointer. |
| 2660 | unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8; |
| 2661 | unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8); |
| 2662 | llvm::Value *NextAddr = |
| 2663 | Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), |
| 2664 | "ap.next"); |
| 2665 | Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); |
| 2666 | |
| 2667 | // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in |
| 2668 | // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the |
| 2669 | // correct offset. |
| 2670 | if (SizeInBytes < 8) { |
| 2671 | llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty); |
| 2672 | AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes)); |
| 2673 | Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); |
| 2674 | } |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); |
| 2677 | return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); |
| 2678 | } |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | static bool |
| 2681 | PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 2682 | llvm::Value *Address) { |
Roman Divacky | 0fbc4b9 | 2012-05-09 18:22:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2683 | // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified |
| 2684 | // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding. |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 | CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
| 2687 | |
| 2688 | llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty; |
| 2689 | llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4); |
| 2690 | llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8); |
| 2691 | llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16); |
| 2692 | |
| 2693 | // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers |
| 2694 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31); |
| 2695 | |
| 2696 | // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers |
| 2697 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63); |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers: |
| 2700 | // 64: mq |
| 2701 | // 65: lr |
| 2702 | // 66: ctr |
| 2703 | // 67: ap |
| 2704 | // 68-75 cr0-7 |
| 2705 | // 76: xer |
| 2706 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76); |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers |
| 2709 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108); |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | // 109: vrsave |
| 2712 | // 110: vscr |
| 2713 | // 111: spe_acc |
| 2714 | // 112: spefscr |
| 2715 | // 113: sfp |
| 2716 | AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113); |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | return false; |
| 2719 | } |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | |
Bill Schmidt | 2fc107f | 2012-10-03 19:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | bool |
| 2722 | PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable( |
| 2723 | CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 2724 | llvm::Value *Address) const { |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); |
| 2727 | } |
| 2728 | |
| 2729 | bool |
| 2730 | PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 2731 | llvm::Value *Address) const { |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address); |
| 2734 | } |
| 2735 | |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2736 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Daniel Dunbar | 34d91fd | 2009-09-12 00:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | // ARM ABI Implementation |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2738 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Daniel Dunbar | 34d91fd | 2009-09-12 00:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | |
| 2740 | namespace { |
| 2741 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2742 | class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | public: |
| 2744 | enum ABIKind { |
| 2745 | APCS = 0, |
| 2746 | AAPCS = 1, |
| 2747 | AAPCS_VFP |
| 2748 | }; |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 | private: |
| 2751 | ABIKind Kind; |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | public: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2754 | ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {} |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | |
John McCall | 49e34be | 2011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2756 | bool isEABI() const { |
Eli Friedman | 55fc7e2 | 2012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2757 | StringRef Env = |
| 2758 | getContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getEnvironmentName(); |
Logan Chien | 94a7142 | 2012-09-02 09:30:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | return (Env == "gnueabi" || Env == "eabi" || |
| 2760 | Env == "android" || Env == "androideabi"); |
John McCall | 49e34be | 2011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2761 | } |
| 2762 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2763 | private: |
| 2764 | ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; } |
| 2765 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
| 2767 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2768 | |
Chris Lattner | ee5dcd0 | 2010-07-29 02:31:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2769 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 | |
| 2771 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 2772 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 2773 | }; |
| 2774 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2775 | class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 2776 | public: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2777 | ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K) |
| 2778 | :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {} |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2779 | |
John McCall | 49e34be | 2011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2780 | const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const { |
| 2781 | return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo()); |
| 2782 | } |
| 2783 | |
John McCall | 6374c33 | 2010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2784 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
| 2785 | return 13; |
| 2786 | } |
Roman Divacky | 09345d1 | 2011-05-18 19:36:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2787 | |
Chris Lattner | 5f9e272 | 2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2788 | StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const { |
John McCall | f85e193 | 2011-06-15 23:02:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2789 | return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue"; |
| 2790 | } |
| 2791 | |
Roman Divacky | 09345d1 | 2011-05-18 19:36:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 2793 | llvm::Value *Address) const { |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2794 | llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); |
Roman Divacky | 09345d1 | 2011-05-18 19:36:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2795 | |
| 2796 | // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15); |
Roman Divacky | 09345d1 | 2011-05-18 19:36:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | return false; |
| 2799 | } |
John McCall | 49e34be | 2011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2800 | |
| 2801 | unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const { |
| 2802 | if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88; |
| 2803 | return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException(); |
| 2804 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | }; |
| 2806 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 34d91fd | 2009-09-12 00:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2807 | } |
| 2808 | |
Chris Lattner | ee5dcd0 | 2010-07-29 02:31:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2809 | void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2811 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2812 | it != ie; ++it) |
| 2813 | it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2814 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 414d896 | 2011-04-14 20:06:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | // Always honor user-specified calling convention. |
| 2816 | if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) |
| 2817 | return; |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | // Calling convention as default by an ABI. |
Rafael Espindola | 25117ab | 2010-06-16 16:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2820 | llvm::CallingConv::ID DefaultCC; |
John McCall | 49e34be | 2011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2821 | if (isEABI()) |
Rafael Espindola | 25117ab | 2010-06-16 16:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2822 | DefaultCC = llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS; |
Rafael Espindola | 1ed1a59 | 2010-06-16 19:01:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2823 | else |
| 2824 | DefaultCC = llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS; |
Rafael Espindola | 25117ab | 2010-06-16 16:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2825 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 414d896 | 2011-04-14 20:06:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2826 | // If user did not ask for specific calling convention explicitly (e.g. via |
| 2827 | // pcs attribute), set effective calling convention if it's different than ABI |
| 2828 | // default. |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2829 | switch (getABIKind()) { |
| 2830 | case APCS: |
Rafael Espindola | 25117ab | 2010-06-16 16:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2831 | if (DefaultCC != llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS) |
| 2832 | FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | break; |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | case AAPCS: |
Rafael Espindola | 25117ab | 2010-06-16 16:13:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2835 | if (DefaultCC != llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS) |
| 2836 | FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2837 | break; |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2838 | case AAPCS_VFP: |
Anton Korobeynikov | 414d896 | 2011-04-14 20:06:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2839 | if (DefaultCC != llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP) |
| 2840 | FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP); |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | break; |
| 2842 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2843 | } |
| 2844 | |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2845 | /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous |
| 2846 | /// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements |
| 2847 | /// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the |
| 2848 | /// recursive calls that check aggregate component types. |
| 2849 | static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base, |
| 2850 | ASTContext &Context, |
| 2851 | uint64_t *HAMembers = 0) { |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2852 | uint64_t Members = 0; |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) { |
| 2854 | if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members)) |
| 2855 | return false; |
| 2856 | Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue(); |
| 2857 | } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) { |
| 2858 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2859 | if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2860 | return false; |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2861 | |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2862 | Members = 0; |
| 2863 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 2864 | i != e; ++i) { |
David Blaikie | 581deb3 | 2012-06-06 20:45:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2865 | const FieldDecl *FD = *i; |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2866 | uint64_t FldMembers; |
| 2867 | if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers)) |
| 2868 | return false; |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2869 | |
| 2870 | Members = (RD->isUnion() ? |
| 2871 | std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers); |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2872 | } |
| 2873 | } else { |
| 2874 | Members = 1; |
| 2875 | if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) { |
| 2876 | Members = 2; |
| 2877 | Ty = CT->getElementType(); |
| 2878 | } |
| 2879 | |
| 2880 | // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float, |
| 2881 | // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors. |
| 2882 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
| 2883 | if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float && |
Tim Northover | adfa45f | 2012-07-20 22:29:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2884 | BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double && |
| 2885 | BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble) |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2886 | return false; |
| 2887 | } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) { |
| 2888 | unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT); |
| 2889 | if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128) |
| 2890 | return false; |
| 2891 | } else { |
| 2892 | return false; |
| 2893 | } |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the |
| 2896 | // same total size are treated as being equivalent here. |
| 2897 | const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr(); |
| 2898 | if (!Base) |
| 2899 | Base = TyPtr; |
| 2900 | if (Base != TyPtr && |
| 2901 | (!Base->isVectorType() || !TyPtr->isVectorType() || |
| 2902 | Context.getTypeSize(Base) != Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr))) |
| 2903 | return false; |
| 2904 | } |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type. |
| 2907 | if (HAMembers) |
| 2908 | *HAMembers = Members; |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2909 | |
| 2910 | return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4); |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2911 | } |
| 2912 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
John McCall | d608cdb | 2010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2914 | if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
Douglas Gregor | aa74a1e | 2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2915 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 2916 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 2917 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 2918 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | cc6fa88 | 2009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2919 | return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 2920 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
Douglas Gregor | aa74a1e | 2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2921 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2922 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 4202557 | 2009-09-14 21:54:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2923 | // Ignore empty records. |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2924 | if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) |
Daniel Dunbar | 4202557 | 2009-09-14 21:54:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2925 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 2926 | |
Rafael Espindola | 0eb1d97 | 2010-06-08 02:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2927 | // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial |
| 2928 | // copy constructor are always indirect. |
| 2929 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(Ty)) |
| 2930 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
| 2931 | |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2932 | if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP) { |
| 2933 | // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded. |
| 2934 | const Type *Base = 0; |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2935 | if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext())) { |
| 2936 | assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | return ABIArgInfo::getExpand(); |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | } |
Bob Wilson | 194f06a | 2011-08-03 05:58:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2939 | } |
| 2940 | |
Manman Ren | 634b3d2 | 2012-08-13 21:23:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2941 | // Support byval for ARM. |
| 2942 | if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64) || |
| 2943 | getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) { |
| 2944 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); |
Eli Friedman | 79f3098 | 2012-08-09 00:31:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2945 | } |
| 2946 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 8aa87c7 | 2010-09-23 01:54:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2947 | // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size. |
Chris Lattner | 2acc6e3 | 2011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | llvm::Type* ElemTy; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | unsigned SizeRegs; |
Eli Friedman | 79f3098 | 2012-08-09 00:31:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2950 | // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where |
| 2951 | // we can. |
| 2952 | if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) { |
Bob Wilson | 53fc1a6 | 2011-08-01 23:39:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2953 | ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()); |
| 2954 | SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32; |
Manman Ren | 78eb76e | 2012-06-25 22:04:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2955 | } else { |
Manman Ren | 78eb76e | 2012-06-25 22:04:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2956 | ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()); |
| 2957 | SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64; |
Stuart Hastings | 67d097e | 2011-04-27 17:24:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2958 | } |
Stuart Hastings | b7f62d0 | 2011-04-28 18:16:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2959 | |
Chris Lattner | 9cbe4f0 | 2011-07-09 17:41:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2960 | llvm::Type *STy = |
Chris Lattner | 7650d95 | 2011-06-18 22:49:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2961 | llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL); |
Stuart Hastings | b7f62d0 | 2011-04-28 18:16:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2962 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2963 | } |
| 2964 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2965 | static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context, |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2966 | llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) { |
| 2967 | // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure |
| 2968 | // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and |
| 2969 | // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero. |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 | uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty); |
| 2972 | |
| 2973 | // Check that the type fits in a word. |
| 2974 | if (Size > 32) |
| 2975 | return false; |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | // FIXME: Handle vector types! |
| 2978 | if (Ty->isVectorType()) |
| 2979 | return false; |
| 2980 | |
Daniel Dunbar | b0d5819 | 2009-09-14 02:20:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 | // Float types are never treated as "integer like". |
| 2982 | if (Ty->isRealFloatingType()) |
| 2983 | return false; |
| 2984 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2985 | // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok. |
John McCall | 183700f | 2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2986 | if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType()) |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2987 | return true; |
| 2988 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 4581581 | 2010-02-01 23:31:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2989 | // Small complex integer types are "integer like". |
| 2990 | if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) |
| 2991 | return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext); |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2992 | |
| 2993 | // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition |
| 2994 | // above, but they are not. |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | // Otherwise, it must be a record type. |
| 2997 | const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
| 2998 | if (!RT) return false; |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 | // Ignore records with flexible arrays. |
| 3001 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
| 3002 | if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) |
| 3003 | return false; |
| 3004 | |
| 3005 | // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer |
| 3006 | // like". |
| 3007 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | bool HadField = false; |
| 3010 | unsigned idx = 0; |
| 3011 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 3012 | i != e; ++i, ++idx) { |
David Blaikie | 581deb3 | 2012-06-06 20:45:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3013 | const FieldDecl *FD = *i; |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3014 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 679855a | 2010-01-29 03:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3015 | // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer |
| 3016 | // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example: |
| 3017 | // struct { int : 0; int x } |
| 3018 | // is non-integer like according to gcc. |
| 3019 | if (FD->isBitField()) { |
| 3020 | if (!RD->isUnion()) |
| 3021 | HadField = true; |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3022 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 679855a | 2010-01-29 03:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3023 | if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) |
| 3024 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3025 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 679855a | 2010-01-29 03:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3026 | continue; |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3027 | } |
| 3028 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 679855a | 2010-01-29 03:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3029 | // Check if this field is at offset 0. |
| 3030 | if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0) |
| 3031 | return false; |
| 3032 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3033 | if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext)) |
| 3034 | return false; |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3035 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 679855a | 2010-01-29 03:22:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3036 | // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the |
| 3037 | // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an |
| 3038 | // empty structure. |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 | if (!RD->isUnion()) { |
| 3040 | if (HadField) |
| 3041 | return false; |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | HadField = true; |
| 3044 | } |
| 3045 | } |
| 3046 | |
| 3047 | return true; |
| 3048 | } |
| 3049 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3050 | ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3051 | if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3052 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3053 | |
Daniel Dunbar | f554b1c | 2010-09-23 01:54:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3054 | // Large vector types should be returned via memory. |
| 3055 | if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) |
| 3056 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 3057 | |
John McCall | d608cdb | 2010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3058 | if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
Douglas Gregor | aa74a1e | 2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3059 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 3060 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 3061 | RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 3062 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | cc6fa88 | 2009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3063 | return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 3064 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
Douglas Gregor | aa74a1e | 2010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3065 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3066 | |
Rafael Espindola | 0eb1d97 | 2010-06-08 02:42:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3067 | // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial |
| 3068 | // copy constructor are always indirect. |
| 3069 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(RetTy)) |
| 3070 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
| 3071 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3072 | // Are we following APCS? |
| 3073 | if (getABIKind() == APCS) { |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3074 | if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false)) |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3075 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3076 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 4cc753f | 2010-02-01 23:31:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3077 | // Complex types are all returned as packed integers. |
| 3078 | // |
| 3079 | // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them |
| 3080 | // correctly. |
| 3081 | if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3082 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3083 | getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy))); |
Daniel Dunbar | 4cc753f | 2010-02-01 23:31:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3084 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3085 | // Integer like structures are returned in r0. |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3086 | if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3087 | // Return in the smallest viable integer type. |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3088 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3089 | if (Size <= 8) |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | if (Size <= 16) |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3092 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3093 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3094 | } |
| 3095 | |
| 3096 | // Otherwise return in memory. |
| 3097 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3098 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | |
| 3100 | // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant. |
| 3101 | |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3102 | if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) |
Daniel Dunbar | 16a0808 | 2009-09-14 00:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3103 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3104 | |
Bob Wilson | 3b694fa | 2011-11-02 04:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3105 | // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP. |
| 3106 | if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP) { |
| 3107 | const Type *Base = 0; |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3108 | if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) { |
| 3109 | assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate"); |
Bob Wilson | 3b694fa | 2011-11-02 04:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3110 | // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly. |
| 3111 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
Anton Korobeynikov | eaf856d | 2012-04-13 11:22:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3112 | } |
Bob Wilson | 3b694fa | 2011-11-02 04:51:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3113 | } |
| 3114 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3115 | // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates |
| 3116 | // are returned indirectly. |
Chris Lattner | a3c109b | 2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3117 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
Daniel Dunbar | 16a0808 | 2009-09-14 00:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3118 | if (Size <= 32) { |
| 3119 | // Return in the smallest viable integer type. |
| 3120 | if (Size <= 8) |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3121 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
Daniel Dunbar | 16a0808 | 2009-09-14 00:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3122 | if (Size <= 16) |
Chris Lattner | 800588f | 2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3123 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3124 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
Daniel Dunbar | 16a0808 | 2009-09-14 00:56:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3125 | } |
| 3126 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 98303b9 | 2009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3127 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3128 | } |
| 3129 | |
| 3130 | llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
Chris Lattner | 77b89b8 | 2010-06-27 07:15:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3131 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3132 | llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; |
| 3133 | llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3134 | |
| 3135 | CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3136 | llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3137 | llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); |
Rafael Espindola | e164c18 | 2011-08-02 22:33:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3138 | // Handle address alignment for type alignment > 32 bits |
| 3139 | uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
| 3140 | if (TyAlign > 4) { |
| 3141 | assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 && |
| 3142 | "Alignment is not power of 2!"); |
| 3143 | llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty); |
| 3144 | AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1)); |
| 3145 | AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1))); |
| 3146 | Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP); |
| 3147 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3148 | llvm::Type *PTy = |
Owen Anderson | 96e0fc7 | 2009-07-29 22:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3149 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3150 | llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 | uint64_t Offset = |
| 3153 | llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); |
| 3154 | llvm::Value *NextAddr = |
Chris Lattner | 77b89b8 | 2010-06-27 07:15:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3155 | Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | "ap.next"); |
| 3157 | Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | return AddrTyped; |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3162 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3163 | // NVPTX ABI Implementation |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | namespace { |
| 3167 | |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3168 | class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3169 | public: |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3170 | NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3171 | |
| 3172 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
| 3173 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const; |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
| 3176 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 3177 | CodeGenFunction &CFG) const; |
| 3178 | }; |
| 3179 | |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3180 | class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3181 | public: |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3182 | NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 3183 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3184 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 2f7aa99 | 2011-10-13 16:24:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3185 | virtual void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 3186 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const; |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 | }; |
| 3188 | |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3189 | ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3190 | if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
| 3191 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3192 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) |
| 3193 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 3194 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
| 3195 | } |
| 3196 | |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3197 | ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3198 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) |
| 3199 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
| 3202 | } |
| 3203 | |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3204 | void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3205 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
| 3206 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 3207 | it != ie; ++it) |
| 3208 | it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type); |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | // Always honor user-specified calling convention. |
| 3211 | if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C) |
| 3212 | return; |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | // Calling convention as default by an ABI. |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3215 | // We're still using the PTX_Kernel/PTX_Device calling conventions here, |
| 3216 | // but we should switch to NVVM metadata later on. |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3217 | llvm::CallingConv::ID DefaultCC; |
David Blaikie | 4e4d084 | 2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3218 | const LangOptions &LangOpts = getContext().getLangOpts(); |
Peter Collingbourne | 744d90b | 2011-10-06 16:49:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3219 | if (LangOpts.OpenCL || LangOpts.CUDA) { |
| 3220 | // If we are in OpenCL or CUDA mode, then default to device functions |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3221 | DefaultCC = llvm::CallingConv::PTX_Device; |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3222 | } else { |
| 3223 | // If we are in standard C/C++ mode, use the triple to decide on the default |
| 3224 | StringRef Env = |
| 3225 | getContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getEnvironmentName(); |
| 3226 | if (Env == "device") |
| 3227 | DefaultCC = llvm::CallingConv::PTX_Device; |
| 3228 | else |
| 3229 | DefaultCC = llvm::CallingConv::PTX_Kernel; |
| 3230 | } |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3231 | FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(DefaultCC); |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3232 | |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3233 | } |
| 3234 | |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3235 | llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 3236 | CodeGenFunction &CFG) const { |
| 3237 | llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs"); |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3238 | } |
| 3239 | |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3240 | void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo:: |
| 3241 | SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 3242 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{ |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3243 | const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| 3244 | if (!FD) return; |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode |
David Blaikie | 4e4d084 | 2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3249 | if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3250 | // Use OpenCL function attributes to set proper calling conventions |
| 3251 | // By default, all functions are device functions |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3252 | if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { |
| 3253 | // OpenCL __kernel functions get a kernel calling convention |
Peter Collingbourne | 744d90b | 2011-10-06 16:49:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3254 | F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::PTX_Kernel); |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3255 | // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining |
Bill Wendling | fac6310 | 2012-10-10 03:13:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3256 | F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attributes::NoInline); |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3257 | } |
Peter Collingbourne | 744d90b | 2011-10-06 16:49:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3258 | } |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3259 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 744d90b | 2011-10-06 16:49:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3260 | // Perform special handling in CUDA mode. |
David Blaikie | 4e4d084 | 2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3261 | if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) { |
Peter Collingbourne | 744d90b | 2011-10-06 16:49:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel calling convention. Since |
| 3263 | // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not |
| 3264 | // need to set the noinline attribute. |
| 3265 | if (FD->getAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) |
| 3266 | F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::PTX_Kernel); |
Justin Holewinski | 818eafb | 2011-10-05 17:58:44 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3267 | } |
| 3268 | } |
| 3269 | |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3270 | } |
| 3271 | |
| 3272 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Wesley Peck | 276fdf4 | 2010-12-19 19:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3273 | // MBlaze ABI Implementation |
| 3274 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3275 | |
| 3276 | namespace { |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | class MBlazeABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
| 3279 | public: |
| 3280 | MBlazeABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const; |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
| 3285 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
| 3286 | |
| 3287 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
| 3288 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
| 3289 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 3290 | it != ie; ++it) |
| 3291 | it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type); |
| 3292 | } |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 3295 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 3296 | }; |
| 3297 | |
| 3298 | class MBlazeTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 3299 | public: |
| 3300 | MBlazeTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 3301 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MBlazeABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
| 3302 | void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 3303 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const; |
| 3304 | }; |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | } |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | bool MBlazeABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const { |
| 3309 | // MBlaze ABI requires all 8 and 16 bit quantities to be extended. |
| 3310 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
| 3311 | switch (BT->getKind()) { |
| 3312 | case BuiltinType::Bool: |
| 3313 | case BuiltinType::Char_S: |
| 3314 | case BuiltinType::Char_U: |
| 3315 | case BuiltinType::SChar: |
| 3316 | case BuiltinType::UChar: |
| 3317 | case BuiltinType::Short: |
| 3318 | case BuiltinType::UShort: |
| 3319 | return true; |
| 3320 | default: |
| 3321 | return false; |
| 3322 | } |
| 3323 | return false; |
| 3324 | } |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 | llvm::Value *MBlazeABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 3327 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
| 3328 | // FIXME: Implement |
| 3329 | return 0; |
| 3330 | } |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | |
| 3333 | ABIArgInfo MBlazeABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
| 3334 | if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
| 3335 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3336 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) |
| 3337 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 | return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ? |
| 3340 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 3341 | } |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | ABIArgInfo MBlazeABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
| 3344 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) |
| 3345 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 3346 | |
| 3347 | return (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty) ? |
| 3348 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 3349 | } |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | void MBlazeTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, |
| 3352 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 3353 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) |
| 3354 | const { |
| 3355 | const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| 3356 | if (!FD) return; |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 125b4cb | 2011-02-17 08:50:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3357 | |
Wesley Peck | 276fdf4 | 2010-12-19 19:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3358 | llvm::CallingConv::ID CC = llvm::CallingConv::C; |
| 3359 | if (FD->hasAttr<MBlazeInterruptHandlerAttr>()) |
| 3360 | CC = llvm::CallingConv::MBLAZE_INTR; |
| 3361 | else if (FD->hasAttr<MBlazeSaveVolatilesAttr>()) |
| 3362 | CC = llvm::CallingConv::MBLAZE_SVOL; |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | if (CC != llvm::CallingConv::C) { |
| 3365 | // Handle 'interrupt_handler' attribute: |
| 3366 | llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. |
| 3369 | F->setCallingConv(CC); |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 | // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. |
Bill Wendling | fac6310 | 2012-10-10 03:13:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3372 | F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attributes::NoInline); |
Wesley Peck | 276fdf4 | 2010-12-19 19:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3373 | } |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 | // Step 3: Emit _interrupt_handler alias. |
| 3376 | if (CC == llvm::CallingConv::MBLAZE_INTR) |
| 3377 | new llvm::GlobalAlias(GV->getType(), llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, |
| 3378 | "_interrupt_handler", GV, &M.getModule()); |
| 3379 | } |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | |
| 3382 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3383 | // MSP430 ABI Implementation |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3384 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3385 | |
| 3386 | namespace { |
| 3387 | |
| 3388 | class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 3389 | public: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3390 | MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 3391 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3392 | void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 3393 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const; |
| 3394 | }; |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | } |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, |
| 3399 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 3400 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
| 3401 | if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { |
| 3402 | if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) { |
| 3403 | // Handle 'interrupt' attribute: |
| 3404 | llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
| 3405 | |
| 3406 | // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention. |
| 3407 | F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR); |
| 3408 | |
| 3409 | // Step 2: Add attributes goodness. |
Bill Wendling | fac6310 | 2012-10-10 03:13:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3410 | F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attributes::NoInline); |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3411 | |
| 3412 | // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias. |
| 3413 | unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() + 0xffe0; |
| 3414 | new llvm::GlobalAlias(GV->getType(), llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage, |
Chris Lattner | 5f9e272 | 2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3415 | "vector_" + Twine::utohexstr(Num), |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3416 | GV, &M.getModule()); |
| 3417 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3418 | } |
| 3419 | } |
| 3420 | |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3421 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3422 | // MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and |
| 3423 | // big-endian variants. |
Chris Lattner | dce5ad0 | 2010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3424 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3425 | |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3426 | namespace { |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3427 | class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
Akira Hatanaka | c0e3b66 | 2011-11-02 23:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3428 | bool IsO32; |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3429 | unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes; |
| 3430 | void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, |
| 3431 | SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> &ArgList) const; |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3432 | llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const; |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3433 | llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const; |
Akira Hatanaka | a33fd39 | 2012-01-09 19:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3434 | llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const; |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3435 | public: |
Akira Hatanaka | b551dd3 | 2011-11-03 00:05:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3436 | MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) : |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3437 | ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8), |
| 3438 | StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {} |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3439 | |
| 3440 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
Akira Hatanaka | f0cc208 | 2012-01-07 00:25:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3441 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const; |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3442 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
| 3443 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 3444 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 3445 | }; |
| 3446 | |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3447 | class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
Akira Hatanaka | e624fa0 | 2011-09-20 18:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3448 | unsigned SizeOfUnwindException; |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3449 | public: |
Akira Hatanaka | c0e3b66 | 2011-11-02 23:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3450 | MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32) |
| 3451 | : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)), |
| 3452 | SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {} |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3453 | |
| 3454 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const { |
| 3455 | return 29; |
| 3456 | } |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 | bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
Michael J. Spencer | 8bea82f | 2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3459 | llvm::Value *Address) const; |
John McCall | 49e34be | 2011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3460 | |
| 3461 | unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const { |
Akira Hatanaka | e624fa0 | 2011-09-20 18:23:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3462 | return SizeOfUnwindException; |
John McCall | 49e34be | 2011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3463 | } |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3464 | }; |
| 3465 | } |
| 3466 | |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3467 | void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize, |
| 3468 | SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> &ArgList) const { |
| 3469 | llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = |
| 3470 | llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3471 | |
| 3472 | // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy. |
| 3473 | for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N) |
| 3474 | ArgList.push_back(IntTy); |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList. |
| 3477 | unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | if (R) |
| 3480 | ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R)); |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3481 | } |
| 3482 | |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3483 | // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in |
| 3484 | // a register. |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3485 | llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const { |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3486 | SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList; |
| 3487 | |
| 3488 | if (IsO32) { |
| 3489 | CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); |
| 3490 | return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); |
| 3491 | } |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3492 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 2afd23d | 2012-01-12 00:52:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3493 | if (Ty->isComplexType()) |
| 3494 | return CGT.ConvertType(Ty); |
Akira Hatanaka | 6d1080f | 2012-01-10 23:12:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3495 | |
Akira Hatanaka | a34e921 | 2012-02-09 19:54:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3496 | const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>(); |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3497 | |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3498 | // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers. |
| 3499 | if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { |
| 3500 | CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList); |
| 3501 | return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); |
| 3502 | } |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3503 | |
| 3504 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
| 3505 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3506 | assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8."); |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3507 | |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3508 | uint64_t LastOffset = 0; |
| 3509 | unsigned idx = 0; |
| 3510 | llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64); |
| 3511 | |
Akira Hatanaka | a34e921 | 2012-02-09 19:54:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3512 | // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned |
| 3513 | // double fields. |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3514 | for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 3515 | i != e; ++i, ++idx) { |
David Blaikie | 262bc18 | 2012-04-30 02:36:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3516 | const QualType Ty = i->getType(); |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3517 | const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double) |
| 3520 | continue; |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx); |
| 3523 | if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned. |
| 3524 | continue; |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 | // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64. |
| 3527 | for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j) |
| 3528 | ArgList.push_back(I64); |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | // Add double type. |
| 3531 | ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext())); |
| 3532 | LastOffset = Offset + 64; |
| 3533 | } |
| 3534 | |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3535 | CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList); |
| 3536 | ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end()); |
Akira Hatanaka | d5a257f | 2011-11-02 23:54:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3537 | |
| 3538 | return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList); |
| 3539 | } |
| 3540 | |
Akira Hatanaka | a33fd39 | 2012-01-09 19:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3541 | llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const { |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3542 | assert((Offset % MinABIStackAlignInBytes) == 0); |
Akira Hatanaka | a33fd39 | 2012-01-09 19:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3543 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3544 | if ((Align - 1) & Offset) |
| 3545 | return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | return 0; |
Akira Hatanaka | a33fd39 | 2012-01-09 19:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3548 | } |
Akira Hatanaka | 9659d59 | 2012-01-10 22:44:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3549 | |
Akira Hatanaka | f0cc208 | 2012-01-07 00:25:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3550 | ABIArgInfo |
| 3551 | MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const { |
Akira Hatanaka | a33fd39 | 2012-01-09 19:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3552 | uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset; |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3553 | uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
Akira Hatanaka | a33fd39 | 2012-01-09 19:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3554 | uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3555 | |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3556 | Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes), |
| 3557 | (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes); |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3558 | Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align); |
| 3559 | Offset += llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8; |
Akira Hatanaka | a33fd39 | 2012-01-09 19:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3560 | |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3561 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) { |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3562 | // Ignore empty aggregates. |
Akira Hatanaka | f0cc208 | 2012-01-07 00:25:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3563 | if (TySize == 0) |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3564 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3565 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 511949b | 2011-08-01 18:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3566 | // Records with non trivial destructors/constructors should not be passed |
| 3567 | // by value. |
Akira Hatanaka | f0cc208 | 2012-01-07 00:25:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3568 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(Ty)) { |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3569 | Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes; |
Akira Hatanaka | 511949b | 2011-08-01 18:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3570 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
Akira Hatanaka | f0cc208 | 2012-01-07 00:25:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3571 | } |
Akira Hatanaka | 511949b | 2011-08-01 18:09:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3572 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3573 | // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to |
| 3574 | // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the |
| 3575 | // aggregate is unaligned. |
| 3576 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0, |
| 3577 | getPaddingType(Align, OrigOffset)); |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3578 | } |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 3581 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 3582 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 3583 | |
Akira Hatanaka | a33fd39 | 2012-01-09 19:31:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3584 | if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) |
| 3585 | return ABIArgInfo::getExtend(); |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(0, 0, getPaddingType(Align, OrigOffset)); |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3588 | } |
| 3589 | |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3590 | llvm::Type* |
| 3591 | MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const { |
Akira Hatanaka | da54ff3 | 2012-02-09 18:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3592 | const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>(); |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3593 | SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList; |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3594 | |
Akira Hatanaka | da54ff3 | 2012-02-09 18:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3595 | if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) { |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3596 | const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl(); |
Akira Hatanaka | da54ff3 | 2012-02-09 18:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3597 | const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD); |
| 3598 | unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount(); |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3599 | |
Akira Hatanaka | da54ff3 | 2012-02-09 18:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3600 | // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the |
| 3601 | // following conditions are met: |
| 3602 | // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit. |
| 3603 | // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating |
| 3604 | // point types. |
| 3605 | // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does). |
| 3606 | // |
| 3607 | // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers. |
| 3608 | // |
| 3609 | if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) { |
| 3610 | RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end(); |
| 3611 | for (; b != e; ++b) { |
David Blaikie | 262bc18 | 2012-04-30 02:36:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3612 | const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>(); |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3613 | |
Akira Hatanaka | da54ff3 | 2012-02-09 18:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3614 | if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint()) |
| 3615 | break; |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3616 | |
David Blaikie | 262bc18 | 2012-04-30 02:36:29 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3617 | RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType())); |
Akira Hatanaka | da54ff3 | 2012-02-09 18:49:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3618 | } |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | if (b == e) |
| 3621 | return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList, |
| 3622 | RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()); |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | RTList.clear(); |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3625 | } |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3626 | } |
| 3627 | |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3628 | CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList); |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3629 | return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList); |
| 3630 | } |
| 3631 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3632 | ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
Akira Hatanaka | a8536c0 | 2012-01-23 23:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3633 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | if (RetTy->isVoidType() || Size == 0) |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3636 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3637 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 8aeb147 | 2012-05-11 21:01:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3638 | if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) { |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3639 | if (Size <= 128) { |
| 3640 | if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType()) |
| 3641 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(); |
| 3642 | |
Akira Hatanaka | c359f20 | 2012-07-03 19:24:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3643 | // O32 returns integer vectors in registers. |
| 3644 | if (IsO32 && RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation()) |
| 3645 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); |
| 3646 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 526cdfb | 2012-02-08 01:31:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3647 | if (!IsO32 && !isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(RetTy)) |
Akira Hatanaka | c7ecc2e | 2012-01-04 03:34:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3648 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size)); |
| 3649 | } |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3650 | |
| 3651 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 3652 | } |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 3655 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 3656 | RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 3657 | |
| 3658 | return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 3659 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 3660 | } |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
Akira Hatanaka | cc66254 | 2012-01-12 01:10:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3663 | ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo(); |
| 3664 | RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 | // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument. |
Akira Hatanaka | 91338cf | 2012-05-11 21:56:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3667 | uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0; |
Akira Hatanaka | cc66254 | 2012-01-12 01:10:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3668 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3669 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 3670 | it != ie; ++it) |
Akira Hatanaka | f0cc208 | 2012-01-07 00:25:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3671 | it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, Offset); |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3672 | } |
| 3673 | |
| 3674 | llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 3675 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3676 | llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy; |
| 3677 | llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; |
Akira Hatanaka | c35e69d | 2011-08-01 20:48:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 | |
| 3679 | CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
| 3680 | llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap"); |
| 3681 | llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); |
Akira Hatanaka | 8f675e4 | 2012-01-23 23:59:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3682 | int64_t TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8; |
Akira Hatanaka | c35e69d | 2011-08-01 20:48:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3683 | llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); |
| 3684 | llvm::Value *AddrTyped; |
Akira Hatanaka | 8f675e4 | 2012-01-23 23:59:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3685 | unsigned PtrWidth = getContext().getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0); |
| 3686 | llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty; |
Akira Hatanaka | c35e69d | 2011-08-01 20:48:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3687 | |
| 3688 | if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) { |
Akira Hatanaka | 8f675e4 | 2012-01-23 23:59:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3689 | llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy); |
| 3690 | llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1); |
| 3691 | llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign); |
| 3692 | llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc); |
Akira Hatanaka | c35e69d | 2011-08-01 20:48:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3693 | llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask); |
| 3694 | AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy); |
| 3695 | } |
| 3696 | else |
| 3697 | AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP); |
Akira Hatanaka | 8f675e4 | 2012-01-23 23:59:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3700 | TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes); |
Akira Hatanaka | c35e69d | 2011-08-01 20:48:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3701 | uint64_t Offset = |
| 3702 | llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign); |
| 3703 | llvm::Value *NextAddr = |
Akira Hatanaka | 8f675e4 | 2012-01-23 23:59:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3704 | Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset), |
Akira Hatanaka | c35e69d | 2011-08-01 20:48:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3705 | "ap.next"); |
| 3706 | Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | return AddrTyped; |
Akira Hatanaka | 619e887 | 2011-06-02 00:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3709 | } |
| 3710 | |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3711 | bool |
| 3712 | MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF, |
| 3713 | llvm::Value *Address) const { |
| 3714 | // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to |
| 3715 | // as canonical as it gets. |
| 3716 | |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3717 | // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers |
| 3718 | // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3719 | llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4); |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3720 | |
| 3721 | // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31. |
| 3722 | // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31. |
| 3723 | // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo. |
| 3724 | // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3725 | AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65); |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3726 | |
| 3727 | // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7. |
| 3728 | // They are one bit wide and ignored here. |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31. |
| 3731 | // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit) |
| 3732 | // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31. |
| 3733 | // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31. |
| 3734 | // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3735 | AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181); |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3736 | return false; |
| 3737 | } |
| 3738 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 2f7aa99 | 2011-10-13 16:24:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3739 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3740 | // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults. |
| 3741 | // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute |
| 3742 | // handling. |
| 3743 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3744 | |
| 3745 | namespace { |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 3748 | public: |
| 3749 | TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 3750 | : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {} |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | virtual void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 3753 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const; |
| 3754 | }; |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, |
| 3757 | llvm::GlobalValue *GV, |
| 3758 | CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
| 3759 | const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); |
| 3760 | if (!FD) return; |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV); |
| 3763 | |
David Blaikie | 4e4d084 | 2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3764 | if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) { |
Peter Collingbourne | 2f7aa99 | 2011-10-13 16:24:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3765 | if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { |
| 3766 | // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining |
Bill Wendling | fac6310 | 2012-10-10 03:13:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 3767 | F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attributes::NoInline); |
Peter Collingbourne | 2f7aa99 | 2011-10-13 16:24:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3768 | |
| 3769 | if (FD->hasAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>()) { |
| 3770 | |
| 3771 | // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata. |
| 3772 | llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext(); |
| 3773 | llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata = |
| 3774 | M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info"); |
| 3775 | |
| 3776 | SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands; |
| 3777 | Operands.push_back(F); |
| 3778 | |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3779 | Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, |
| 3780 | llvm::APInt(32, |
| 3781 | FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>()->getXDim()))); |
| 3782 | Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, |
| 3783 | llvm::APInt(32, |
Peter Collingbourne | 2f7aa99 | 2011-10-13 16:24:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3784 | FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>()->getYDim()))); |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3785 | Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty, |
| 3786 | llvm::APInt(32, |
Peter Collingbourne | 2f7aa99 | 2011-10-13 16:24:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3787 | FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>()->getZDim()))); |
| 3788 | |
| 3789 | // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false) |
| 3790 | // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently |
| 3791 | // always true as the hint is not yet implemented. |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3792 | Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)); |
Peter Collingbourne | 2f7aa99 | 2011-10-13 16:24:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3793 | OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands)); |
| 3794 | } |
| 3795 | } |
| 3796 | } |
| 3797 | } |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | } |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3800 | |
Tony Linthicum | 9631939 | 2011-12-12 21:14:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3801 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3802 | // Hexagon ABI Implementation |
| 3803 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | namespace { |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo { |
| 3808 | |
| 3809 | |
| 3810 | public: |
| 3811 | HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {} |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | private: |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 | ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const; |
| 3816 | ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const; |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const; |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
| 3821 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const; |
| 3822 | }; |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 | class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo { |
| 3825 | public: |
| 3826 | HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) |
| 3827 | :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {} |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 | int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { |
| 3830 | return 29; |
| 3831 | } |
| 3832 | }; |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const { |
| 3837 | FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType()); |
| 3838 | for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end(); |
| 3839 | it != ie; ++it) |
| 3840 | it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type); |
| 3841 | } |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const { |
| 3844 | if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) { |
| 3845 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 3846 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 3847 | Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 3850 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 3851 | } |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 | // Ignore empty records. |
| 3854 | if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) |
| 3855 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3856 | |
| 3857 | // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial |
| 3858 | // copy constructor are always indirect. |
| 3859 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(Ty)) |
| 3860 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
| 3861 | |
| 3862 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty); |
| 3863 | if (Size > 64) |
| 3864 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); |
| 3865 | // Pass in the smallest viable integer type. |
| 3866 | else if (Size > 32) |
| 3867 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3868 | else if (Size > 16) |
| 3869 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3870 | else if (Size > 8) |
| 3871 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3872 | else |
| 3873 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3874 | } |
| 3875 | |
| 3876 | ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const { |
| 3877 | if (RetTy->isVoidType()) |
| 3878 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3879 | |
| 3880 | // Large vector types should be returned via memory. |
| 3881 | if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64) |
| 3882 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0); |
| 3883 | |
| 3884 | if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) { |
| 3885 | // Treat an enum type as its underlying type. |
| 3886 | if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>()) |
| 3887 | RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? |
| 3890 | ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect()); |
| 3891 | } |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 | // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial |
| 3894 | // copy constructor are always indirect. |
| 3895 | if (isRecordWithNonTrivialDestructorOrCopyConstructor(RetTy)) |
| 3896 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false); |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true)) |
| 3899 | return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore(); |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 | // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates |
| 3902 | // are returned indirectly. |
| 3903 | uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy); |
| 3904 | if (Size <= 64) { |
| 3905 | // Return in the smallest viable integer type. |
| 3906 | if (Size <= 8) |
| 3907 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3908 | if (Size <= 16) |
| 3909 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3910 | if (Size <= 32) |
| 3911 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3912 | return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext())); |
| 3913 | } |
| 3914 | |
| 3915 | return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true); |
| 3916 | } |
| 3917 | |
| 3918 | llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty, |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3919 | CodeGenFunction &CGF) const { |
Tony Linthicum | 9631939 | 2011-12-12 21:14:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3920 | // FIXME: Need to handle alignment |
Chris Lattner | 8b41868 | 2012-02-07 00:39:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3921 | llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy; |
Tony Linthicum | 9631939 | 2011-12-12 21:14:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3922 | |
| 3923 | CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder; |
| 3924 | llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, |
| 3925 | "ap"); |
| 3926 | llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur"); |
| 3927 | llvm::Type *PTy = |
| 3928 | llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty)); |
| 3929 | llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy); |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | uint64_t Offset = |
| 3932 | llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4); |
| 3933 | llvm::Value *NextAddr = |
| 3934 | Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), |
| 3935 | "ap.next"); |
| 3936 | Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP); |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | return AddrTyped; |
| 3939 | } |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3942 | const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() { |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3943 | if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo) |
| 3944 | return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo; |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3945 | |
Douglas Gregor | bcfd1f5 | 2011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3946 | const llvm::Triple &Triple = getContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 1752ee4 | 2009-08-24 09:10:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3947 | switch (Triple.getArch()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 2c0843f | 2009-08-24 08:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3948 | default: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3949 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
Daniel Dunbar | 2c0843f | 2009-08-24 08:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3950 | |
Derek Schuff | 9ed63f8 | 2012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3951 | case llvm::Triple::le32: |
| 3952 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3953 | case llvm::Triple::mips: |
| 3954 | case llvm::Triple::mipsel: |
Akira Hatanaka | c0e3b66 | 2011-11-02 23:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3955 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true)); |
John McCall | aeeb701 | 2010-05-27 06:19:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3956 | |
Akira Hatanaka | 8c6dfbe | 2011-09-20 18:30:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3957 | case llvm::Triple::mips64: |
| 3958 | case llvm::Triple::mips64el: |
Akira Hatanaka | c0e3b66 | 2011-11-02 23:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3959 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false)); |
Akira Hatanaka | 8c6dfbe | 2011-09-20 18:30:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3960 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 34d91fd | 2009-09-12 00:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3961 | case llvm::Triple::arm: |
| 3962 | case llvm::Triple::thumb: |
Sandeep Patel | 34c1af8 | 2011-04-05 00:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | { |
| 3964 | ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS; |
Daniel Dunbar | 5e7bace | 2009-09-12 01:00:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3965 | |
Douglas Gregor | bcfd1f5 | 2011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3966 | if (strcmp(getContext().getTargetInfo().getABI(), "apcs-gnu") == 0) |
Sandeep Patel | 34c1af8 | 2011-04-05 00:23:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3967 | Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS; |
| 3968 | else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard") |
| 3969 | Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP; |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind)); |
| 3972 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 34d91fd | 2009-09-12 00:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3973 | |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3974 | case llvm::Triple::ppc: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3975 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
Roman Divacky | 0fbc4b9 | 2012-05-09 18:22:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3976 | case llvm::Triple::ppc64: |
Bill Schmidt | 2fc107f | 2012-10-03 19:18:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3977 | if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) |
| 3978 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
| 3979 | else |
| 3980 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
John McCall | ec853ba | 2010-03-11 00:10:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3981 | |
Peter Collingbourne | edb66f3 | 2012-05-20 23:28:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3982 | case llvm::Triple::nvptx: |
| 3983 | case llvm::Triple::nvptx64: |
Justin Holewinski | 2c585b9 | 2012-05-24 17:43:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3984 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
Justin Holewinski | 0259c3a | 2011-04-22 11:10:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3985 | |
Wesley Peck | 276fdf4 | 2010-12-19 19:57:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3986 | case llvm::Triple::mblaze: |
| 3987 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MBlazeTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
| 3988 | |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3989 | case llvm::Triple::msp430: |
Chris Lattner | ea04432 | 2010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3990 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
Daniel Dunbar | 34d91fd | 2009-09-12 00:59:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3991 | |
Peter Collingbourne | 2f7aa99 | 2011-10-13 16:24:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3992 | case llvm::Triple::tce: |
| 3993 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
| 3994 | |
Eli Friedman | c3e0fb4 | 2011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3995 | case llvm::Triple::x86: { |
Douglas Gregor | bcfd1f5 | 2011-09-02 00:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3996 | bool DisableMMX = strcmp(getContext().getTargetInfo().getABI(), "no-mmx") == 0; |
Eli Friedman | c3e0fb4 | 2011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3997 | |
Daniel Dunbar | db57a4c | 2011-04-19 21:43:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3998 | if (Triple.isOSDarwin()) |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 3999 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4000 | new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true, true, DisableMMX, false, |
| 4001 | CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); |
Daniel Dunbar | db57a4c | 2011-04-19 21:43:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4002 | |
| 4003 | switch (Triple.getOS()) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 2c0843f | 2009-08-24 08:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4004 | case llvm::Triple::Cygwin: |
Daniel Dunbar | 2c0843f | 2009-08-24 08:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4005 | case llvm::Triple::MinGW32: |
Edward O'Callaghan | 727e268 | 2009-10-21 11:58:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4006 | case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX: |
| 4007 | case llvm::Triple::DragonFly: |
David Chisnall | 75c135a | 2009-09-03 01:48:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4008 | case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD: |
Daniel Dunbar | 2c0843f | 2009-08-24 08:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4009 | case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD: |
Eli Friedman | 42f74f2 | 2012-08-08 23:57:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4010 | case llvm::Triple::Bitrig: |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4011 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4012 | new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false, true, DisableMMX, |
| 4013 | false, |
| 4014 | CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); |
Eli Friedman | 55fc7e2 | 2012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4015 | |
| 4016 | case llvm::Triple::Win32: |
| 4017 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4018 | new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false, true, DisableMMX, true, |
| 4019 | CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); |
Daniel Dunbar | 2c0843f | 2009-08-24 08:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4020 | |
| 4021 | default: |
Anton Korobeynikov | 82d0a41 | 2010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4022 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = |
Rafael Espindola | b48280b | 2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4023 | new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false, false, DisableMMX, |
| 4024 | false, |
| 4025 | CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters)); |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4026 | } |
Eli Friedman | c3e0fb4 | 2011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4027 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4028 | |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4029 | case llvm::Triple::x86_64: { |
| 4030 | bool HasAVX = strcmp(getContext().getTargetInfo().getABI(), "avx") == 0; |
| 4031 | |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4032 | switch (Triple.getOS()) { |
| 4033 | case llvm::Triple::Win32: |
NAKAMURA Takumi | 0aa2057 | 2011-02-17 08:51:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4034 | case llvm::Triple::MinGW32: |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4035 | case llvm::Triple::Cygwin: |
| 4036 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
| 4037 | default: |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4038 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, |
| 4039 | HasAVX)); |
Chris Lattner | f13721d | 2010-08-31 16:44:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4040 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 2c0843f | 2009-08-24 08:52:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4041 | } |
Tony Linthicum | 9631939 | 2011-12-12 21:14:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4042 | case llvm::Triple::hexagon: |
| 4043 | return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types)); |
Eli Friedman | ee1ad99 | 2011-12-02 00:11:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4044 | } |
Anton Korobeynikov | c4a59eb | 2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 4045 | } |